US20100234880A1 - Systems and Methods for Treating Septal Defects - Google Patents
Systems and Methods for Treating Septal Defects Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20100234880A1 US20100234880A1 US12/725,595 US72559510A US2010234880A1 US 20100234880 A1 US20100234880 A1 US 20100234880A1 US 72559510 A US72559510 A US 72559510A US 2010234880 A1 US2010234880 A1 US 2010234880A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- implant
- delivery
- exemplary embodiment
- centering
- pfo
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- HGCIXCUEYOPUTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N C1CC=CCC1 Chemical compound C1CC=CCC1 HGCIXCUEYOPUTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/0057—Implements for plugging an opening in the wall of a hollow or tubular organ, e.g. for sealing a vessel puncture or closing a cardiac septal defect
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/064—Surgical staples, i.e. penetrating the tissue
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/22—Implements for squeezing-off ulcers or the like on the inside of inner organs of the body; Implements for scraping-out cavities of body organs, e.g. bones; Calculus removers; Calculus smashing apparatus; Apparatus for removing obstructions in blood vessels, not otherwise provided for
- A61B17/221—Gripping devices in the form of loops or baskets for gripping calculi or similar types of obstructions
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/0057—Implements for plugging an opening in the wall of a hollow or tubular organ, e.g. for sealing a vessel puncture or closing a cardiac septal defect
- A61B2017/00575—Implements for plugging an opening in the wall of a hollow or tubular organ, e.g. for sealing a vessel puncture or closing a cardiac septal defect for closure at remote site, e.g. closing atrial septum defects
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/0057—Implements for plugging an opening in the wall of a hollow or tubular organ, e.g. for sealing a vessel puncture or closing a cardiac septal defect
- A61B2017/00575—Implements for plugging an opening in the wall of a hollow or tubular organ, e.g. for sealing a vessel puncture or closing a cardiac septal defect for closure at remote site, e.g. closing atrial septum defects
- A61B2017/00592—Elastic or resilient implements
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/0057—Implements for plugging an opening in the wall of a hollow or tubular organ, e.g. for sealing a vessel puncture or closing a cardiac septal defect
- A61B2017/00575—Implements for plugging an opening in the wall of a hollow or tubular organ, e.g. for sealing a vessel puncture or closing a cardiac septal defect for closure at remote site, e.g. closing atrial septum defects
- A61B2017/00606—Implements H-shaped in cross-section, i.e. with occluders on both sides of the opening
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/0057—Implements for plugging an opening in the wall of a hollow or tubular organ, e.g. for sealing a vessel puncture or closing a cardiac septal defect
- A61B2017/00575—Implements for plugging an opening in the wall of a hollow or tubular organ, e.g. for sealing a vessel puncture or closing a cardiac septal defect for closure at remote site, e.g. closing atrial septum defects
- A61B2017/00623—Introducing or retrieving devices therefor
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B2017/00831—Material properties
- A61B2017/00867—Material properties shape memory effect
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/064—Surgical staples, i.e. penetrating the tissue
- A61B2017/0649—Coils or spirals
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/22—Implements for squeezing-off ulcers or the like on the inside of inner organs of the body; Implements for scraping-out cavities of body organs, e.g. bones; Calculus removers; Calculus smashing apparatus; Apparatus for removing obstructions in blood vessels, not otherwise provided for
- A61B2017/22038—Implements for squeezing-off ulcers or the like on the inside of inner organs of the body; Implements for scraping-out cavities of body organs, e.g. bones; Calculus removers; Calculus smashing apparatus; Apparatus for removing obstructions in blood vessels, not otherwise provided for with a guide wire
- A61B2017/22047—Means for immobilising the guide wire in the patient
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/28—Surgical forceps
- A61B17/29—Forceps for use in minimally invasive surgery
- A61B2017/2926—Details of heads or jaws
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/30—Surgical pincettes without pivotal connections
- A61B2017/306—Surgical pincettes without pivotal connections holding by means of suction
Definitions
- the present invention relates generally to systems and methods for closing internal tissue defects, and more particularly to systems and methods for closing a patent foramen ovale or other septal defect.
- a patent foramen ovale is a serious septal defect that can occur between the left and right atria of the heart and a patent ductus arteriosus (“PDA”) is an abnormal shunt between the aorta and pulmonary artery.
- blood that is oxygenated via gas exchange with the placenta may travel through the vena cava into the right atrium, through the foramen ovale into the left atrium, and from there into the left ventricle for delivery to the fetal systemic circulation.
- the increased left atrial blood flow and pressure causes the functional closure of the foramen ovale and, as the heart continues to develop, this closure allows the foramen ovale to grow completely sealed.
- PFO Proliferative obstructive pulmonary disease
- a PFO can pose serious health risks for the individual, including strokes and migraines.
- the presence of PFO's have been implicated as a possible contributing factor in the pathogenesis of migraine.
- Two current hypothesis that link PFO's with migraine include the transit of vasoactive substances or thrombus/emboli from the venous circulation directly into the left atrium without passing through the lungs where they would normally be deactivated or filtered respectively.
- Other diseases that have been associated with PFO's include but are not limited to depression and affective disorders, personality and anxiety disorders, pain, stroke, TIA, dementia, epilepsy, and sleep disorders.
- Atrial-septal defects ASD's
- VSD's ventricular-septal defects
- open heart surgery can be performed to ligate and close the defect.
- catheter-based procedures have been developed that require introducing umbrella or disc-like devices into the heart. These devices include opposing expandable structures connected by a hub or waist. Generally, in an attempt to close the defect, the device is inserted through the natural opening of the defect and the expandable structures are deployed on either side of the septum to secure the tissue surrounding the defect between the umbrella or disc-like structure.
- these devices suffer from numerous shortcomings. For instance, these devices typically involve frame structures that often support membranes, either of which may fail during the life of the patient, thereby introducing the risk that the defect may reopen or that portions of the device could be released within the patient's heart. These devices can fail to form a perfect seal of the septal defect, allowing blood to continue to shunt through the defect. Also, the size and expansive nature of these devices makes safe withdrawal from the patient difficult in instances where withdrawal becomes necessary. The presence of these devices within the heart typically requires the patient to use anti-coagulant drugs for prolonged periods of time, thereby introducing additional health risks to the patient. Furthermore, these devices can come into contact with other portions of the heart tissue and cause undesirable side effects such as an arrhythmia, local tissue damage, and perforation.
- a method of treating a septal defect includes placing a delivery device in proximity with a septal wall having a septal defect, stabilizing the delivery device with an elongate device placed at least partially within the septal defect, and positioning a distal end of the delivery device in a desired orientation with respect to the septal wall, where a first longitudinal axis of the delivery device at the distal end is transverse to a second longitudinal axis of the elongate device.
- an implantable apparatus for treating a septal defect having a body with a first end portion, a second end portion and a central portion located therebetween.
- the first end portion is configured to engage a first septal surface
- the second end portion is configured to engage a second septal surface
- the central portion is configured to fit within an opening in a septal wall.
- a treatment system having a first elongate member and a second elongate delivery member having a distal end rotatably coupled with the first elongate member, wherein the orientation of the distal end is adjustable from a first orientation to a second orientation upon advancement of the elongate member in a distal direction.
- a treatment system having an elongate tubular member having an inner lumen configured to slidably receive and interact with an inner elongate member.
- the inner elongate member is configured to deploy a grasping device through an aperture in the elongate tubular member upon movement of the elongate inner member with respect to the elongate tubular member.
- a treatment system having a flexible positioning member having a distal end and an elongate support member having an inner lumen configured to slidably receive the flexible positioning member.
- the inner lumen has a distal end configured to abut the distal end of the flexible positioning member and an open portion located proximal to the distal end of the lumen.
- the flexible positioning member is also preferably configured to extend from the open portion upon advancement of the flexible positioning member distally against the distal end of the inner lumen.
- a method of treating a septal defect including abutting a limbus of a septum secundum with an abutment of a medical device, creating a hole in the septum secundum with the limbus as a point of reference, and using the hole to facilitate delivery of a device configured to treat a septal defect.
- a treatment system having an implantable treatment device, a flexible elongate delivery device configured to deliver the implantable treatment device, a stabilization device insertable within an opening in a septum, or tunnel between two septa, and configured to stabilize an elongate body member, and the elongate body member configured for insertion within the vasculature of a patient, the body member configured to slidably receive the delivery device and stabilization device.
- FIG. 1 is a block diagram depicting an exemplary embodiment of a treatment system.
- FIG. 2A is an exterior/interior view of the right atrium depicting an example human heart.
- FIGS. 2B-2C are enlarged views of an example atrial septal wall.
- FIG. 2D is a cross-sectional view taken along line 2 D- 2 D of FIGS. 2B-2C depicting another example septal wall.
- FIG. 3 is a block diagram depicting an exemplary embodiment of an implantable treatment device.
- FIG. 4A is a perspective view depicting another exemplary embodiment of an implantable treatment device.
- FIG. 4B is a perspective view depicting an exemplary embodiment of several coiled segments of an implantable treatment device.
- FIG. 4C depicts a side view of the embodiment of the implantable treatment device taken along direction 330 of FIG. 4A .
- FIG. 4D is a schematic view depicting another exemplary embodiment of the implantable treatment device as viewed from direction 329 of FIG. 4C .
- FIG. 4E is cross-sectional view depicting the exemplary embodiment of the implantable treatment device depicted in FIG. 4A implanted within an example heart.
- FIGS. 4F-G are cross-sectional views of additional exemplary embodiments of the treatment system with a delivery device.
- FIGS. 5A-E are perspective views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of the central portion the implantable treatment device.
- FIGS. 6A-I are perspective views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of either the first and/or the second end portions of the implantable treatment device.
- FIGS. 7A-C , 8 and 9 A-C are perspective views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of the implantable treatment device.
- FIG. 10A is a flow diagram depicting one exemplary method of manufacturing another exemplary embodiment of the implantable treatment device.
- FIG. 10B is a perspective view of an exemplary embodiment of a body shaping device.
- FIGS. 11A-C are perspective views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of an implantable treatment device.
- FIG. 12 depicts another exemplary embodiment of the treatment system within a heart.
- FIG. 13 is a block diagram depicting an exemplary embodiment of a delivery device.
- FIG. 14A is a perspective view depicting another exemplary embodiment of the treatment system.
- FIG. 14B is a cross-sectional view depicting another exemplary embodiment of the delivery device.
- FIGS. 14C-F are perspective views depicting a portion of the septal wall and an additional exemplary embodiment of the treatment system.
- FIGS. 15A-D are perspective views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of the delivery device.
- FIGS. 16A-B are cross-sectional views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of the treatment system.
- FIG. 16C is a perspective view depicting the embodiment described with respect to FIGS. 16A-B during delivery.
- FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view depicting an exemplary embodiment of the delivery device taken along line 17 - 17 of FIG. 14A .
- FIG. 18A is a cross-sectional view of an exemplary embodiment of a needle member.
- FIGS. 18B-C are cross-sectional views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of a delivery device.
- FIGS. 19A-B are cross-sectional views depicting exemplary embodiments of a delivery device and an implantable treatment device.
- FIGS. 20A-B are schematic views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of a delivery device and an implantable treatment device.
- FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view depicting another exemplary embodiment of a delivery device taken along lines 21 - 21 of FIG. 14A .
- FIG. 22 is a block diagram depicting an exemplary embodiment of a stabilization device.
- FIGS. 23A-C are cross-sectional views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of a stabilization device.
- FIGS. 24A-B are perspective views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of a stabilization device.
- FIGS. 25A-D are cross-sectional views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of a stabilization device.
- FIGS. 26A-C are cross-sectional views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of a stabilization device.
- FIG. 27A is a perspective view depicting an additional exemplary embodiment of a stabilization device.
- FIG. 27B is a cross-sectional view depicting another exemplary embodiment of a stabilization device.
- FIGS. 28A-C are cross-sectional views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of a centering device.
- FIG. 28D is a schematic view depicting another exemplary embodiment of a centering device within a septal wall.
- FIGS. 29A-C , 30 and 31 are schematic views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of a centering device.
- FIGS. 32A-B are cross-sectional views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of a centering device.
- FIG. 32C is a cross-sectional view depicting another exemplary embodiment of a centering device with an exemplary embodiment of a stabilization device.
- FIG. 32D is a schematic view depicting another exemplary embodiment of a centering device with an exemplary embodiment of a stabilization device.
- FIG. 33A is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of an exemplary embodiment of a treatment system.
- FIG. 33B is a radial cross-sectional view of another exemplary embodiment of a treatment system taken along line 33 B- 33 B of FIG. 33A .
- FIG. 34A is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of an exemplary embodiment of a treatment system.
- FIG. 34B is a radial cross-sectional view of another exemplary embodiment of a treatment system taken along line 34 B- 34 B of FIG. 34A .
- FIG. 34C is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of another exemplary embodiment of a treatment system taken along line 34 C- 34 C of FIG. 34A .
- FIG. 35A is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of an exemplary embodiment of a treatment system.
- FIG. 35B is a radial cross-sectional view of another exemplary embodiment of a treatment system taken along line 35 B- 35 B of FIG. 35A .
- FIG. 36A is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of an exemplary embodiment of a treatment system.
- FIG. 36B is a radial cross-sectional view of another exemplary embodiment of a treatment system taken along line 36 B- 36 B of FIG. 36A .
- FIG. 37A is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of an exemplary embodiment of a treatment system.
- FIG. 37B is a radial cross-sectional view of an exemplary embodiment of a treatment system taken along line 37 B- 37 B of FIG. 37A .
- FIGS. 38A-E are cross-sectional views of a septal wall depicting exemplary embodiments of the implantable treatment device.
- FIGS. 39A-B are flow diagrams depicting an example of a method of treating a septal defect.
- FIG. 40 is a flow diagram depicting another exemplary method of treating a septal defect.
- Described herein are improved devices and methods for treating septal defects.
- the devices and methods will be described with reference to treatment of a PFO.
- the devices and methods can be used in treatment of any type of septal defect including ASD's, VSD's and the like, as well as PDA's or other structural cardiac or vascular defects.
- FIG. 1 is a block diagram depicting a distal portion of an exemplary embodiment of a septal defect treatment system 100 configured to treat, and, preferably close, a PFO.
- treatment system 100 includes an elongate body member 101 configured for insertion into the vasculature of a patient (human or animal) having a septal defect.
- Body member 101 has a longitudinal axis 107 , distal end 112 and can include one or more lumens 102 , each of which can be configured for achieving multiple functions.
- treatment system 100 includes an implantable device 103 (referred to herein as an “implant”) configured to at least partially close a septal defect.
- implantable device 103 referred to herein as an “implant”
- Treatment system 100 can include a flexible elongate delivery device 104 configured to house and deliver implant 103 .
- implant 103 can be deformable from the configuration desired after implantation to a configuration having a smaller cross-section for storage and housing within delivery device 104 prior to implantation.
- Treatment system 100 can also optionally include a stabilization device 105 for stabilization of body member 101 during delivery of implant 103 and a centering device 106 for facilitating the centering or the otherwise desired positioning of implant 103 for delivery. Although shown here as four separate components, any combination of body member 101 , delivery device 104 , stabilization device 105 and centering device 106 can be integrated together to reduce the number of components to three, two or one total components in treatment system 100 .
- FIG. 2A is an exterior/interior view depicting an example human heart 200 with a portion of the inferior vena cava 202 and the superior vena cava 203 connected thereto.
- Outer tissue surface 204 of heart 200 is shown along with the interior of right atrium 205 via cutaway portion 201 .
- septal wall 207 Depicted within right atrium 205 is septal wall 207 , which is placed between right atrium 205 and the left atrium located on the opposite side (not shown).
- fossa ovalis 208 is a region of septal wall 207 where the tissue is relatively thinner than the surrounding tissue.
- PFO region 209 is located near the upper portion beyond the fossa ovalis 208 .
- FIG. 2B is an enlarged view of septal wall 207 depicting PFO region 209 in more detail as viewed from right atrium 205 .
- PFO region 209 includes septum secundum 210 , which is a first flap-like portion of septal wall 207 . The edge of this flap above fossa ovalis 208 is referred to as the limbus 211 .
- FIG. 2C is also an enlarged perspective view of septal wall 207 , instead depicting septal wall 207 as viewed from left atrium 212 .
- PFO region 209 is seen to include septum primum 214 , which is a second flap-like portion of septal wall 207 .
- Septum primum 214 and septum secundum 210 partially overlap each other and define a tunnel-like opening 215 between sidewalls 219 (indicated as dashed lines in FIGS. 2B-C ) that can allow blood to shunt between right atrium 205 and left atrium 212 and is commonly referred to as a PFO.
- FIG. 2D is a cross-sectional view depicting an example PFO region 209 taken along line 2 D- 2 D of FIGS. 2B-C .
- septum secundum 210 is thicker than septum primum 214 .
- the blood pressure within left atrium 212 is higher than that within right atrium 205 and tunnel 215 remains sealed.
- a valsalva condition can occur where the blood pressure within right atrium 205 becomes higher than the blood pressure within left atrium 212 and blood shunts from right atrium 205 to left atrium 212 . Because most typical shunts occur in this manner and for purposes of facilitating the discussion herein, region 217 in FIG. 2D will be referred to as PFO entrance 217 , and region 218 will be referred to as PFO exit 218 .
- PFO's can occur.
- thickness 220 of septum primum 214 thickness 221 of septum secundum 210 , overlap distance 222 and the flexibility and distensibility of both septum primum 214 and septum secundum 210 can all vary.
- PFO entrance 217 and PFO exit 218 are depicted as being relatively the same size with the width of tunnel 215 , or the distance between sidewalls 219 , remaining relatively constant. However, in some cases PFO entrance 217 can be larger than PFO exit 218 , resulting in an tunnel 215 that converges as blood passes through.
- PFO entrance 217 can be smaller than PFO exit 218 , resulting in an opening that diverges as blood passes through.
- multiple PFO exits 218 can be present, with one or more individual tunnels 215 therebetween.
- both septum primum 214 and septum secundum 210 are depicted as relatively planar tissue flaps, but in some cases one or both of septum primum 214 and septum secundum 210 can have folded, non-planar, highly irregular shapes.
- treatment of a PFO preferably includes inserting treatment system 100 into the vasculature of a patient and advancing body member 101 through the vasculature to inferior vena cava 202 , from which access to right atrium 205 can be obtained.
- delivery device 104 can be used to deliver implant 103 to PFO region 209 , preferably by inserting implant 103 through septum secundum 210 and primum 214 such that implant 103 lies transverse to tunnel 215 and can at least partially close tunnel 215 .
- FIG. 3 is a block diagram depicting one exemplary embodiment of implant 103 .
- Implant 103 can be configured in an almost limitless number of different ways, as this block diagram shows.
- implant 103 includes a first end portion 301 , a second end portion 302 and a central portion 303 preferably coupled therebetween.
- First and second end portions 301 - 302 are each preferably configured to engage opposing surfaces of septal wall 207 .
- First end portion 301 can be configured to engage the surface of septal wall 207 on the right atrium (RA) side, while second end portion can be configured to engage the surface of septal wall 207 on the left atrium (LA) side.
- RA right atrium
- LA left atrium
- first end portion 301 will be referred to as RA portion 301 and second end portion will be referred to as LA portion 302 .
- Central portion 303 is preferably configured to fit within a manmade or surgically created opening in either septum primum 214 , septum secundum 210 or both. Central portion 303 is also preferably configured to apply a force adequate to bring end portions 301 - 302 towards one another when implanted, to be implantable into septal walls 207 of varying thickness and to fit within elongate body member 101 , the diameter of which is preferably minimized for ease of insertion within the patient's vasculature.
- Implant 103 can be configured in any manner desired to fit the needs of the application. Implant 103 can have any size and shape and can include additional portions not shown in FIG. 3 to achieve a different set of functions. Implant 103 can also be fabricated in any desired manner and from any materials suitable for implantation within the patient including, but not limited to, elastic materials, superelastic materials, shape-memory materials, composite materials, polymeric materials, coatings, drug containing materials, blends with radio-opaque materials and biodegradable materials.
- FIG. 4A is a perspective view depicting another exemplary embodiment of implant 103 shown in an “at rest” configuration.
- implant 103 is configured in a coil-shaped manner with a wire-like body 304 composed of an elastic material.
- Wire-like body 304 can have any wire-like cross-sectional shape including, but not limited to circular, elliptical, oval, rounded, arcuate, polygonal and any combination thereof.
- Each portion 301 - 303 can be composed of one or more coiled segments 306 , with a coiled segment 306 being defined herein as a segment that is curved or otherwise shaped in any manner about one or more axes. Thus, rounded, straight, irregular and polygonal segments are all considered to be coiled.
- a coiled segment 306 can be curved or otherwise shaped less than 360 degrees about the one or more axes.
- FIG. 4B is a perspective view depicting an exemplary embodiment of several coiled segments 306 , which could be used in any of portions 301 - 303 .
- each coiled segment 306 is coiled with a constant rate of curvature about the same axis 309 .
- Coiled segments 306 have approximately the same width 310 and are stacked and separated by a distance 311 , which will be referred to herein as stacking distance 311 .
- implant 103 has an overall width 336 .
- Central portion 303 includes a plurality of coiled segments 306 having substantially the same width 310 .
- Each end portion 301 - 302 includes a plurality of coiled segments having varied widths or diameters 310 .
- the width 310 of the outermost coiled segment 306 is the greatest and the widths 310 of each successive coiled segment 306 decreases as one approaches the innermost coiled segment 306 .
- Each end portion 301 - 302 is coupled with central portion 303 via optional generally straight sections 305 .
- Generally straight sections 305 can prevent blood from shunting between the right and left atria through open interior region 327 of coiled central portion 303 , by allowing the adjacent tissue to encroach upon and surround straight section 305 . Plugs of bioabsorbable or hydrophilic material may also be provided to minimize such shunting. Generally straight sections 305 can also prevent tissue from getting caught, or hung up, between central portion 303 and RA/LA portions 301 / 302 . Each generally straight sections 305 is not required to be straight and, in fact, can have any non-coiled shape.
- Central portion 303 can be placed approximately equidistant from end portions 301 - 302 , as depicted here, or central portion 303 can be placed closer to one of end portions 301 - 302 than the other.
- Generally straight sections 305 are optional and can be included on only one side of central portion 303 or omitted altogether, in which case the coiled segments 306 of central portion 303 extend directly up to a coiled segment 306 of each end portion 301 - 302 .
- end tips 307 of body 304 are preferably atraumatic so as to minimize injury to cardiac tissue.
- end tips 307 are rounded and have a larger diameter than body 304 .
- End tips 307 can also be configured as floppy tips that are curled or coiled and can be flexible or non-flexible.
- any part of implant 103 can be modified for imaging purposes.
- end tips 307 are radio-opaque to increase visibility of implant 103 during imaging.
- end tips 307 can be configured to facilitate delivery.
- end tips 307 can be shaped to minimize the risk of becoming caught on any portion of the delivery device 104 .
- end tips 307 are configured to interface with the delivery device 104 to allow manipulation of implant 103 before, during or after delivery.
- FIG. 4C depicts a side view of the embodiment of implant 303 taken along direction 330 of FIG. 4A .
- FIG. 4C depicts only the outermost coiled segment 306 of RA portion 301 , transition section 331 and the generally straight section 305 located between RA portion 301 and central portion 303 .
- Transition section 331 is an optional section of implant 103 that can be straight, curved or any other shape.
- FIG. 4D depicts RA portion 301 , transition section 331 and the generally straight section 305 located between RA portion 301 and central portion 303 as viewed from direction 329 of FIG. 4C .
- transition section 331 connects to generally straight section 305 at 90 degree angle 332 .
- Angle 332 can be varied as desired, but values of angle 332 approaching 0 degrees or 180 degrees are less preferable due to the increased risk of RA portion 301 (or LA portion 302 ) being drawn into manmade opening 315 , which is described in more detail below.
- FIG. 4E is cross-sectional view depicting the exemplary embodiment of implant 103 depicted in FIG. 4A implanted within heart 200 using one exemplary method of implantation.
- an opening 315 has been surgically created in septum primum 214 and septum secundum 210 and implant 103 has been positioned such that central portion 303 resides within the opening 315 .
- RA portion 301 and LA portion 302 are positioned on opposite sides of septal wall 207 to engage surface 320 of septum secundum 210 and surface 321 of septum primum 214 , respectively.
- Central portion 303 preferably exerts a contractile force 312 to bring portions 301 - 302 towards one another, which in turn preferably draws septum primum 214 and septum secundum 210 together to at least partially close PFO tunnel 215 .
- portions 301 and 302 will lie flat against the septa, but are illustrated as compressed conical coils for purposes of clarity.
- the widths 310 of coiled segments 306 of RA and LA portions 301 - 302 get progressively larger from the innermost to the outermost segment 306 .
- portions 301 and 302 can exert additional closure forces 313 and 314 , respectively, which oppose each other and assist central portion 303 in closing PFO tunnel 215 .
- LA portion 302 and RA portion 301 can each be sized in any manner desired.
- LA portion 302 is configured to have relatively larger coiled segment widths 310 , include relatively more coiled segments 306 and exert a closure force over a relatively larger area 314 than RA portion 301 . This can be for one of at least two reasons.
- LA portion 302 is deployed in PFO region 209 first and, once in contact with septal wall 207 , LA portion 302 is used to help deploy, or pull, portions 303 and 301 from delivery device 104 .
- septum primum 214 is typically thinner than septum secundum 210 and more likely to tear or deform to the extent that LA portion 302 can be pulled though septum primum 214 .
- implant 103 is configured to adjust to septal walls 207 having varying degrees of thickness.
- central portion 303 preferably has a compressibility sufficient to apply a closure force 312 to thinner septal walls 207 while at the same time having an expandability sufficient to accommodate thicker septal walls 207 without excessive permanent deformation.
- central portion 303 is expandable from 3 to 8 millimeters (mm) without excessive permanent deformation.
- implant 103 can be deformable between a configuration suited for housing within delivery device 104 and the implanted configuration depicted in FIG. 4E .
- FIG. 4F is a cross-sectional view of an exemplary embodiment of treatment system 100 depicting delivery device 104 having an inner lumen 402 with implant 103 housed therein.
- Implant 103 is preferably housed within lumen 402 until body member 101 is advanced within the patient into the desired position within heart 200 for implantation, at which time implant 103 is delivered to PFO region 209 through open distal end 403 .
- implant 103 is deformed from the at rest, i.e., unbiased, configuration depicted in FIG.
- FIG. 4G is a cross-sectional view of another exemplary embodiment of treatment system 100 depicting delivery device 104 with implant 103 in the housed configuration.
- central portion 303 of implant 103 remains coiled in a state similar to the resting state of FIG. 4A , while RA/LA portions 301 / 302 are partially unwound into a relatively straight state from the coiled rest state.
- coiled segments 306 of central portion 303 generally have smaller widths 310 than most of the coiled segments 306 of RA/LA portions 301 / 302 .
- Implant 103 can be deformed in any manner when housed within delivery device 104 .
- this can include deforming any or all of coiled segments 306 , to any degree, in any portion 301 - 303 .
- implant 103 is preferably composed of an elastic material.
- body 304 is composed of a titanium-nickel alloy such as NITINOL, although any elastic material can be used, including polymers, rubber-like materials, stainless steel, other metal alloys and the like.
- NITINOL titanium-nickel alloy
- the amount of closure force 312 - 314 , the degree of allowable deformation and the like will depend, in part, on the type of material used to form body 304 .
- FIGS. 5A-E are perspective views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of central portion 303 of implant 103 . Each of these embodiments can be used with any RA portion 301 and LA portion 302 .
- central portion 303 includes a plurality of coiled segments 306 where the stacking distance 311 between each segment 306 is relatively greater than the embodiment of central portion 303 depicted in FIG. 5B . Generally, a smaller stacking distance 311 will provide a greater closure force 312 , if all other implant parameters remain the same.
- any stacking distance 311 can be used in central portion 303 as desired, including configurations where there is no gap between each coiled segment 306 , i.e., each coiled segment 306 lies flush with any adjacent coiled segment 306 .
- Use of a larger stacking distance 311 that provides for gaps between adjacent coiled segments 306 allows the adjacent septal tissue to grow into the open interior region 327 of the coiled central portion 303 , which can provide positional stability to the device and reduce any risk of blood shunting through open region 327 .
- central portion 303 includes a combination of coiled sections 324 and generally straight sections 305 . It should be noted that central portion 303 can include any number of one or more coiled sections 324 in any combination with any number of one or more generally straight sections 305 . As can be seen here, each coiled section 324 can be configured differently from any other coiled section 324 , i.e., each coiled portion can include a different number of coiled segments 306 , with different stacking distances 311 and different widths 310 , etc.
- FIG. 5D depicts another exemplary embodiment where blocking material 326 has been coupled with coil body 304 .
- Blocking material 326 preferably reduces any risk of blood shunting through the interior of coiled segments 306 , either by blocking blood flow directly or by facilitating the formation of blood clots within open interior region 327 .
- blocking material 326 can include multiple DACRON fibers adhesively or mechanically coupled to the outer surface of body 304 .
- a polymer or metal plug is placed in open interior region 327 to prevent blood flow.
- any type of plug, device, material or coating can be used and attached to body 304 in any manner, the numerous combinations of which will not be listed here.
- Central portion 303 is not required to include a coiled section 324 and can, in fact, be only a generally straight section 305 .
- central portion 304 is not required to be formed from a wire-like body 304 and can be configured in any manner desired as depicted in the block diagram of FIG. 3 .
- central portion 303 can be formed from an elastomeric or rubber-like stretchable member, as depicted in FIG. 5E .
- FIGS. 6A-I are perspective views depicting multiple embodiments exemplary of either RA portion 301 or LA portion 302 .
- Any of the RA/LA portions 301 / 302 depicted here can be used with any embodiment of central portion 303 described with respect to FIGS. 5A-E .
- an exemplary embodiment of implant 103 can have RA portion 301 configured in a manner similar to that described with respect to FIG. 6A , central portion 303 configured in a manner similar to that described with respect to FIG. 5A , and LA portion 302 configured in a manner similar to that described with respect to FIG. 6B .
- RA/LA portions 301 / 302 include multiple stacked coiled segments 306 having gradually decreasing widths 310 from the outermost to the innermost segment 306 (outermost being used to reference the segments 306 on the far left and right of FIG. 4A ).
- RA/LA portions 301 / 302 include multiple coiled segments 306 having gradually increasing widths 310 from the outermost to the innermost segment 306 .
- the embodiment of portions 301 - 302 described with respect to FIG. 4A can be less susceptible to entering opening 315 , due to the presence of a relatively larger coiled segment 306 coupled with transition region 305 .
- coiled segments 306 of RA/LA portions 301 / 302 are stacked in an inwards manner, i.e., the outermost segment 306 is coupled with central portion 303 or generally straight section 305 , if present (as shown here) and RA/LA portion 301 / 302 overlaps central portion 303 .
- RA/LA portions 301 / 302 include multiple coiled segments 306 stacked in an outwards manner, i.e., the innermost segment 306 is coupled with central portion 303 or generally straight section 305 , if present (as shown here).
- RA/LA portions 301 / 302 include multiple coiled segments 306 having gradually increasing widths 310 from the outermost to the innermost segment 306
- RA/LA portions 301 / 302 include multiple coiled segments 306 having gradually decreasing widths 310 from the outermost to the innermost segment 306 .
- RA/LA portions 301 / 302 are tightly stacked with a constant width 310 such that no gap exists between adjacent coiled segments 306 .
- This embodiment of RA/LA portions 301 / 302 exhibits a high resistance to the potential for being pulled into opening 315 .
- RA/LA portions 301 / 302 are not required to be implemented in a stacked configuration.
- RA/LA portions 301 / 302 each include multiple coiled segments 306 having varying widths 310 arranged in a generally co-planar fashion, i.e., for all segments 306 the stacking distance 311 is close to or equal to zero.
- the smallest coiled segment 306 is coupled with generally straight section 305
- the largest coiled segment 306 is coupled with generally straight section 305 .
- transition section 331 is preferably positioned on the outside of coiled segments 306 such that, when implanted, coiled segments 306 are located between transition section 331 and septal wall 207 .
- the radius of curvature of the coiled segments 306 is generally constant or varies at a constant rate, resulting in a circular, spiral or helical appearance when viewed from the side (e.g., direction 330 of FIG. 4A ). It should be understood that the radius of curvature can vary at any rate, abruptly or gradual, allowing coiled segments 306 to take any shape or form desired, whether in RA/LA portions 301 / 302 or central portion 303 .
- FIGS. 6G-H are schematic views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of RA/LA portions 301 / 302 as viewed from the side.
- FIG. 6G depicts RA/LA portion 301 / 302 having an elliptical D shape.
- RA/LA portion 301 / 302 has an elliptical portion 334 and a generally straight portion 335 , which can be placed adjacent to fossa ovalis 208 to lessen the extent to which RA/LA portion 301 / 302 overlaps fossa ovalis 208 and minimize the risk of piercing or rupturing fossa ovalis 208 .
- FIG. 6G depicts another exemplary embodiment of RA/LA portion 301 / 302 having a generally pentagonal shape.
- RA/LA portions 301 / 302 are not required to include coiled segments 306 and are not required to be formed from a wire-like body 304 .
- RA/LA portions 301 / 302 can be configured in any manner desired as depicted in the block diagram of FIG. 3 .
- RA/LA portions 301 / 302 can be formed from an elastomeric or rubber-like membrane 328 in an umbrella-like fashion, or a sheet-like fashion as depicted in the exemplary embodiment of FIG. 6I .
- FIG. 7A-C are perspective views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of implant 103 having a ribbon-like body 304 .
- Ribbon-like bodies 304 can have a generally polygonal cross-section and can be differentiated from the wire-like bodies 304 depicted in FIGS. 4A-5E , which can have generally circular, rounded etc. cross-sections as described above.
- FIG. 7A is an embodiment of implant 103 having a ribbon-like body 304 configured similar to that of the embodiment depicted in FIG. 4A .
- any of the embodiments described with respect to wire-like bodies 304 can also be implemented with ribbon-like bodies 304 .
- Ribbon-like bodies 304 can have any ribbon-like cross-sectional shape desired.
- FIGS. 1 are perspective views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of implant 103 having a ribbon-like body 304 .
- Ribbon-like bodies 304 can have a generally polygonal cross-section and can be differentiated from the wire-like bodies 304 depicted in FIGS.
- FIG. 7B-C are cross-sectional views depicting ribbon-like body 304 having generally polygonal shapes.
- FIG. 7B is a cross-sectional view depicting ribbon-like body 304 having a generally tapered trapezoidal shape.
- FIG. 7C is a cross-sectional view depicting ribbon-like body 304 having a generally rectangular shape with rounded corners.
- FIG. 8 is a perspective view depicting another exemplary embodiment of implant 103 having a wire-like body 304 with varying thicknesses.
- generally straight section 305 is relatively thicker than the coiled segments 306 of central portion 303
- interface 333 between generally straight sections 305 and transition sections 331 is relatively thicker still.
- Relatively thicker regions of body 304 whether formed from a wire, ribbon or other structure, generally have greater strength and less flexibility than relatively thinner regions of body 304 .
- relatively thicker regions can be used to add strength while relatively thinner regions can be used where added flexibility is desired.
- the surface of body 304 can also be varied as desired.
- the surface can be modified directly or through etching, grinding, additional coatings or add-ons, which are applied to the underlying body 304 .
- the surface can be modified for any purpose including, but not limited to increasing surface friction with tissue, increasing the ability to engage tissue, allowing tissue in-growth, promoting healing, promoting scarring, promoting thrombogencity, preventing blood passage or shunting around or through implant 103 , minimizing thrombus formation, promoting anti-coagulation (e.g., with drugs such as heparin and the like), modifying imaging characteristics (e.g., radio-opacity and the like) and decreasing body surface friction (e.g., with a hydrophilic coating and the like).
- FIGS. 9A-C are perspective views depicting just several additional exemplary embodiments of implant 103 having a modified surface region 340 .
- the surface of implant 103 can be modified in any location and in any manner desired, including, but not limited to, etching, grinding, coating, drilling, and cutting.
- FIGS. 9A-C depict the innermost coiled segment 306 of exemplary embodiments of RA/LA portion 301 / 302 .
- wire-like body 304 has been etched or otherwise treated such that modified surface region 340 is a textured surface including multiple recesses 341 for increasing surface friction and allowing coiled segment 306 to more easily grasp septal wall 207 .
- any surface texture pattern can be used.
- FIG. 9A any surface texture pattern can be used.
- a coating has been applied to ribbon-like body 304 to create an abrasive surface region 340 , also to increase surface friction.
- apertures 342 in ribbon-like body 304 are present to facilitate tissue in-growth on and around modified surface region 340 .
- the orientation of ribbon-like body 340 has been rotated 90 degrees so that the widest surface is adjacent to the septal tissue.
- implant 103 can be configured in any manner desired in accordance with the needs of the application.
- the following is a non-exhaustive list of just some exemplary factors one of skill in the art may consider in designing, configuring, manufacturing and/or otherwise implementing implant 103 .
- LA portion 302 can be configured to use compressive force 312 from center portion 303 to hold septum primum 214 against septum secundum 210 and at least partially close or seal PFO tunnel 215 .
- LA portion 302 can also be configured to maintain a stable position as central portion 303 and RA portion 301 are deployed without being pulled through septum primum 210 .
- LA portion 302 can be configured to lie flush against septum primum 214 when deployed and not to distort the native geometry of tunnel 215 to create residual shunts.
- LA portion 302 can be sized to provide adequate coverage over PFO tunnel 215 .
- LA portion 302 has a maximum width 310 of 1.2 centimeters to accommodate most large PFO tunnels 215 .
- LA portion 302 in combination with central portion 303 and RA portion 301 , can be configured to exert enough closure force 314 to seal PFO tunnel 215 and prevent shunting during normal and valsalva atrial blood pressures.
- LA portion 302 can also be configured: to be deployable with minimal and consistent push force (e.g., push force on pusher member 406 , which will be described in more detail below); so that the shape before and after deployment is predictable; to be devoid of characteristics that cause chronic or excessive tissue irritation, inflammation, etc.; and/or for visibility during imaging procedures.
- minimal and consistent push force e.g., push force on pusher member 406 , which will be described in more detail below
- Central portion 303 can be configured to maintain LA portion 302 and RA portion 301 in a state of contact with septal wall 207 with enough closure force 312 to at least partially close and seal PFO tunnel 215 .
- Central portion 303 can also be configured: with an adequate spring constant (k) to prevent tunnel 215 from opening during normal and valsalva atrial blood pressures; not to distort the native geometry of tunnel 215 and create residual shunts; to be deployable with minimal and consistent push force (e.g., push force on pusher member 406 , which will be described in more detail below); for visibility during imaging procedures; to expand or stretch to accommodate variable septal wall thicknesses without excessive permanent deformation; with adequate strength to withstand any motion it may experience in vivo; to allow LA portion 302 or RA portion 301 to tilt, for instance, if the area of delivery is wedge shaped; so that central portion 303 does not pinch or sever any tissue that could embolize, for instance, with a spring constant low enough to prevent severing tissue;
- RA portion 301 can be configured to hold septum secundum 210 against septum primum 214 and at least partially close or seal PFO tunnel 215 .
- RA portion 301 can also be configured: to lie flush against septum secundum 210 when deployed and not to distort the native geometry of tunnel 215 to create residual shunts; to be deployable with minimal and consistent push force (e.g., push force on pusher member 406 , which will be described in more detail below); so that the shape before and after deployment is predictable; to be devoid of characteristics that cause chronic or excessive tissue irritation, inflammation, etc.; for visibility during imaging procedures; and/or to resist being pulled through septal wall 207 .
- push force on pusher member 406 which will be described in more detail below
- FIG. 10A is a flow diagram depicting one exemplary method 350 of manufacturing an exemplary embodiment of a coil-like implant 103 having body 304 , which can be wire, ribbon or the like, composed of NITINOL.
- a section of NITINOL, from which body 304 can be formed is pre-processed.
- Pre-processing 351 can include adding a modified surface region 340 having a desired texture, adjusting body thickness, adjusting the cross-sectional shape of body 304 and the like.
- pre-processing can include etching of the NITINOL section.
- Methods of etching NITINOL materials are readily understood to one skilled in the art. For instance, a sheet of NITINOL is first etched or grinded or otherwise altered to vary the cross-sectional shape, thickness, surface texture and the like of one or more sections present on the sheet. Etching of the NITINOL sheet can allow for the implementation of numerous different cross-sectional shapes, thicknesses, surface textures and combinations thereof. Afterwards, each section of NITINOL can be cut from the sheet and trimmed as desired.
- body shaping device 380 is preferably shaped such that when the NITINOL section is coiled around body shaping device 380 , it is in the final desired at rest configuration.
- body shaping device 380 is depicted in FIG. 10B .
- body shaping device 380 is shaped for the exemplary embodiment of implant 103 depicted in FIG. 4A .
- Body shaping device 380 includes a central body shaping portion 383 corresponding to the shape of central portion 303 , and two end body shaping portions 381 and 382 corresponding to the shape of RA portion 301 and LA portion 302 , respectively.
- End body shaping portions 381 and 382 are preferably configured to telescope over central body shaping portion 383 to allow for the inwards manner of coiling of RA/LA portions 301 / 302 over central portion 303 .
- Central portion 303 includes recesses 384 into which the NITINOL section can be placed to form generally straight sections 305 .
- End body shaping portions 381 and 382 also preferably include recess 385 that can allow for each transition section 331 .
- the NITINOL section is then preferably heat treated to instill the desired shape.
- Heat treating can occur at any time and temperature sufficient to instill the desired at rest shape and level of elasticity in implant 103 . In one embodiment, which is included as an example only and should in no way be used to limit the invention, heat treating can occur at a temperature range of 500-550 degrees Celsius for approximately five minutes.
- the NITINOL section is preferably cooled, e.g., by rapid quenching in room temperature water, then at 355 , the NITINOL section is preferably removed from body shaping device 380 and end tips 307 are trimmed, if necessary, to the desired length to form body 304 . Finally, at 356 , any post-processing is performed, such as the addition of radio-opaque markers, the shaping of end tips 307 and the addition of any desired coatings or blocking material 326 .
- FIGS. 11A-C depict additional exemplary embodiments of implant 103 .
- FIG. 11A is a perspective view depicting an exemplary embodiment of implant 103 formed from multiple bodies 304 . More specifically, from central portion 303 to RA portion 301 and LA portion 302 , body 304 splits into separate wires which are then configured as shaped portions 390 and 391 , which in this embodiment have substantially polygonal shapes. The shape and size of polygonal shaped portions 390 and 391 can be configured as desired to facilitate PFO closure. Here, portions 390 and 391 are entirely connected such that implant 103 does not have discrete end tips 307 .
- Polygonal shaped portions 390 and 391 operate similar to coiled segments 306 and are deformable between a housed configuration and an “at rest” deployed configuration as shown here in FIG. 11A .
- FIG. 11B depicts RA portion 301 in the housed configuration.
- FIG. 11C depicts another exemplary embodiment where portions 390 and 391 have “D” shapes.
- Each portion 390 and 391 is not entirely connected and each portion 390 and 391 has an atraumatic end tip 307 .
- body 304 can split into any number of separate portions having any number of configurations.
- implant 103 can include any number of separate bodies 304 .
- FIG. 12 depicts another exemplary embodiment of treatment system 100 within heart 200 .
- Implant 103 is preferably delivered from right atrium 205 , although delivery from left atrium 212 is also possible.
- Right atrium 205 is preferably accessed via inferior vena cava 202 .
- implant 103 is delivered from within delivery device 104 .
- longitudinal axis 108 of delivery device 104 is preferably substantially parallel, i.e., at least close to parallel but not necessarily parallel, to the normal axis 109 of the surface of septal wall 207 into which implant 103 is to be delivered.
- FIG. 1 depicts another exemplary embodiment of treatment system 100 within heart 200 .
- Implant 103 is preferably delivered from right atrium 205 , although delivery from left atrium 212 is also possible.
- Right atrium 205 is preferably accessed via inferior vena cava 202 .
- implant 103 is delivered from within delivery device 104 .
- longitudinal axis 108 of delivery device 104 is preferably substantially parallel,
- longitudinal axis 108 of delivery device 104 is close to perpendicular to this normal axis 109 (shown here extending into the page).
- treatment system 100 is preferably configured for off-axis delivery, which allows the orientation of delivery device 104 to be changed so that the longitudinal axis 108 of delivery device 104 is transverse to the longitudinal axis 107 (not shown) of body member 101 .
- FIG. 13 is a block diagram depicting one exemplary embodiment of delivery device 104 configured for off-axis delivery.
- delivery device 104 includes an off-axis (OA) delivery member 401 .
- Delivery device 104 is preferably configured to grasp or engage cardiac tissue to support and/or facilitate orientation of delivery member 401 .
- an optional tissue engagement device 404 is included within delivery device 104 .
- Delivery device 104 can also include a needle member 405 for puncturing septal wall 207 and a pusher member 406 for pushing implant 103 from within delivery device 104 .
- FIG. 14A is a perspective view depicting another exemplary embodiment of treatment system 100 , including body member 101 , delivery device 104 and stabilization device 105 .
- OA delivery member 401 is an elongate flexible tubular member having open distal end 410 .
- Inner lumen 102 of body member 101 is preferably configured to slidably receive OA delivery member 401 , such that OA delivery member 401 can be advanced both proximally and distally.
- Distal end 410 of OA delivery member 401 is coupled with an elongate support structure 411 of body member 101 via optional grasping device 404 .
- grasping device 404 includes an arm member 409 coupled with support structure 411 and OA delivery member 401 with hinges 407 and 408 , respectively.
- a biasing element 413 can also be optionally included, to apply a bias force to maintain arm member 409 in the position shown here.
- Stabilization device 105 is also an elongate member preferably placed in a location to oppose arm member
- FIG. 14B is a cross-sectional view depicting another exemplary embodiment of OA delivery member 401 with embodiments of needle member 405 , pusher member 406 and implant 103 located within lumen 414 .
- Needle member 405 has an open distal end 415 and an inner lumen 414 in which pusher member 406 and implant 103 are slidably received and housed.
- implant 103 is deformed to the housed configuration where RA/LA portions 301 / 302 are relatively straightened but central portion 303 remains in the coiled at rest configuration.
- delivery of implant 103 is accomplished by first orienting delivery device 104 in the desired orientation transverse to longitudinal axis 107 such that distal end 410 is in proximity with septal wall 207 , then advancing needle member 405 through septal wall 207 to create opening 315 .
- pusher member 406 is advanced distally to push LA portion 302 of implant 103 from within lumen 414 .
- LA portion 302 returns to the coiled at rest configuration. Needle member 405 can then be retracted proximally such that LA portion 302 engages septal wall 207 and remains in left atrium 212 .
- OA delivery member 401 can be refracted from septal wall 207 , for instance by pulling body member 101 proximally back, thereby allowing RA portion 301 to deploy and engage septal wall 207 in a coiled configuration.
- FIGS. 14C-F are perspective views depicting a portion of septal wall 207 and an additional exemplary embodiment of treatment system 100 during use of delivery device 104 prior to insertion of needle member 405 .
- the preferred location for insertion of needle member 405 is indicated by location 419 .
- FIG. 14C depicts treatment system 100 with delivery device 401 in the on-axis position, where the longitudinal axes 107 - 108 are generally or substantially parallel.
- Stabilization device 105 is shown positioned within PFO tunnel 215 . In FIG.
- OA delivery member 401 has been retracted proximally with respect to body member 101 and in opposition to bias member 413 , causing distal end 410 to move away from stabilization device 105 by way of arm member 409 and hinges 407 - 408 .
- treatment system 100 is advanced distally in direction 416 until the underside surface 417 of arm member 409 abuts limbus 211 , at which point OA delivery member 401 can be advanced distally with respect to body member 101 to force arm member 409 back towards stabilization device 105 to clamp, or grasp limbus 211 between arm member 409 and stabilization device 105 , which is preferably in a substantially fixed position with respect to arm member 409 .
- treatment system is effectively anchored to septal wall 207 .
- OA delivery member 401 is further advanced distally with respect to body member 101 , which causes OA delivery member to deflect, or arc outwards, in order to rotate distal end 410 about hinge 408 into the desired orientation with respect to septal wall 207 .
- Distal end 410 is now preferably in contact with septal wall 207 at the desired needle insertion location 419 .
- OA delivery member 401 is in an outwardly arced state. The degree to which OA delivery member 401 arcs outwards can be adjusted by altering the length of OA delivery member 401 present outside of body member 101 .
- the radius of curvature of the arc is preferably kept large enough to allow movement within OA delivery member 401 .
- a very large radius of curvature can result in sharp angles or kinking in OA delivery member 401 that can make movement difficult.
- longitudinal axis 108 As shown in FIG. 14F , longitudinal axis 108 , as measured at distal end 410 , is now transverse to longitudinal axis 107 .
- the delivery angle 418 which is the angle between longitudinal axis 107 and longitudinal axis 108 as measured at distal end 410 , is approximately 90 degrees.
- the needle insertion location 419 can be placed in any desired location, but should be chosen based in part on the configuration and size of implant 103 and the degree of overlap between septum primum 214 and septum secundum 210 .
- needle insertion location 419 is placed between 3 and 7 mm from limbus 211 .
- the position of needle insertion location 419 can be determined by the length of arm member 409 , which in turn can position distal end 410 using limbus 211 as a point of reference. To allow for added flexibility, the length of arm member 409 can be configured to be adjustable during the implantation procedure.
- arm member 409 is preferably configured for at least two functions: (1) to stop travel of body member 101 at limbus 211 by abutting limbus 211 and (2) to position distal end 410 in the desired needle insertion location 419 .
- FIGS. 15A-D are perspective views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of grasping device 404 in a pulled back position.
- arm member 409 is configured to engage limbus 211 with a contoured undersurface 417 that accommodates the shape of limbus 211 in order to facilitate grasping or engagement.
- Undersurface 417 can also be textured as desired to increase surface friction, or made lubricious to assist in friction-free centering, and, as shown here, undersurface can include abutments 420 configured to fixably grasp limbus 211 .
- any type of hinges 407 - 408 can be used including, but not limited to, the swivel type hinges depicted here.
- FIGS. 15B-C depict exemplary embodiments of grasping device 404 where hinges 407 and 408 are integrated into arm member 409 .
- arm member 409 includes two elastic wires 421 each configured to flex at hinge positions 407 and 408 , e.g., by reducing the thickness of the material at the hinge positions. Arm member 409 is preferably biased towards a downwards position, which can allow elimination of any additional biasing element 413 .
- arm member 409 is configured to be both flexible and stretchable and can be composed of an elastomeric or rubber-like material or thin or slotted metal or polymeric material with the appropriate modulus. This flexibility and stretchability facilitates the conformance of arm member 409 to limbus 211 .
- arm member 409 includes tubular portions 422 and 423 for coupling arm member 409 with OA delivery member 401 and support structure 411 , respectively.
- FIG. 15D is a perspective view depicting yet another exemplary embodiment of grasping device 404 .
- arm member 409 again includes two flexible wires 420 and 421 that can be coupled with OA delivery member 401 .
- hinges 407 and 408 can be integrated into wires 420 and 421 , which can be biased towards a downwards position.
- wires 425 and 426 are preferably routed through aperture 499 into a lumen 102 within body member 101 and to the proximal end of body member 101 , where they can be independently adjusted to control, or steer, OA delivery member 401 .
- both wires 425 and 426 moves distal end 410 of OA delivery member 401 in direction 495 and proximal movement of both wires 425 and 426 moves distal end 410 of OA delivery member 401 in direction 496 , as OA delivery member 401 permits.
- Distal advancement of wire 425 with respect to wire 426 alone or in combination with proximal movement of wire 426 with respect to wire 425 , moves distal end 410 in lateral direction 497 , while reverse movement moves distal end 410 in lateral direction 498 , as OA delivery member 401 permits.
- FIGS. 16A-B are cross-sectional views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of treatment system 100 with delivery device 104 .
- FIG. 16A depicts a longitudinal cross-sectional view of treatment system 100
- FIG. 16B depicts a radial cross-sectional view of treatment system 100 taken along line 16 B- 16 B of FIG. 16A .
- delivery device 104 includes a steerable OA delivery member 401 , which is configured to be freely steerable to position distal end 410 in the desired orientation at needle insertion location 419 .
- distal end 410 is preferably left unconnected with any grasping device 404 (not shown).
- steerability is provided through the use of one or more pull wires 424 coupled with distal end cap 475 .
- four pull wires 470 - 473 are equally spaced apart from each other within lumen 402 .
- This configuration allows for manipulation of distal end 410 to any three-dimensional (X, Y, Z) orientation. For instance, pulling wire 470 back proximally with respect to wires 471 - 473 , or pulling wire 472 back proximally with respect to wires 470 - 471 and 473 allows movement of distal end 410 in the X-Z plane. Pulling wire 471 back proximally with respect to wires 470 and 472 - 473 , or pulling wire 473 back proximally with respect to wires 470 - 472 allows movement of distal end 410 in the Y-Z plane.
- FIG. 16C is a perspective view depicting the embodiment described with respect to FIGS. 16A-B during delivery.
- distal end 410 has been oriented in its needle insertion location 419 and longitudinal axis 108 lies within both the X-Z and Y-Z planes.
- the degree of steerability can be altered as desired for each individual application. For instance, the inclusion of additional pull back wires can provide for more finely controllable steerability, while the deletion of any of pull wires 470 - 473 can eliminate freedom of steerability, but can simplify the overall design of device 104 .
- the design and use of steerable devices is also discussed in parent U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/847,747, filed on May 7, 2004.
- OA delivery member 401 is preferably configured to allow slidable movement of needle member 405 , pusher member 406 and implant 103 within inner lumen 402 .
- OA delivery member 401 is configured so as to maintain a sufficient degree of structural integrity and kink resistance, while at the same time providing adequate torque or twist control.
- OA delivery member 401 is composed of a flexible braided metal reinforced polymeric tube configured to provide the desired amount of kink resistance and torque control.
- OA delivery member 401 can be composed of a braided or unbraided polymeric tube.
- OA delivery member 401 is composed of a metal tube having apertures located therein to provide added flexibility.
- OA delivery member 401 can be a NITINOL slotted tube, with the size and spacing of each slot configured for optimal flexibility, kink resistance and torque control.
- the apertures are preferably placed in a location corresponding to the portion of OA delivery member 401 that extends or arcs out, while the portion of OA delivery member 401 proximal to this can be left solid without apertures to maintain resilience in OA delivery member 401 and provide resistance to push back from needle member 405 as it penetrates septal wall 207 .
- OA delivery member 401 can be coated to provide low friction surfaces to facilitate advancement of OA delivery member 401 within body member 101 and the patient's body, as well as to facilitate movement of needle member 405 within lumen 402 .
- Pusher member 406 and needle member 405 can be coated as well.
- FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view depicting an exemplary embodiment of OA delivery member 401 taken along line 17 - 17 of FIG. 14A .
- pusher member 406 includes an outer coating 480
- needle member 405 includes both an inner coating 481 and an outer coating 482
- OA delivery member 401 includes both an inner coating 483 and an outer coating 484 .
- Coatings 480 - 484 can be implemented for any purpose desired.
- coatings 480 - 484 are composed of any material used to lower surface friction, including, but not limited to polymers such as polyethylene (PE), polytetrafluoroethylene, fluorinated ethylene/propylene copolymers, silicones, hydrogels, hydrophilic coatings or polyurethane (PU) and the like.
- PE polyethylene
- PU polyurethane
- a high density PE material is used that is thin enough to provide the desired degree of flexibility while at the same time providing a low friction surface.
- needle member 405 and pusher member 406 are also preferably flexible elongate members.
- FIG. 18A is a cross-sectional view of an exemplary embodiment of needle member 405 .
- Distal end 415 of needle member 405 is preferably substantially sharp enough to penetrate the desired portion of septal wall 207 .
- distal end 415 is tapered similar to a conventional needle.
- needle member 405 is preferably flexible enough to move within OA delivery member 401 when deflected for off-axis delivery.
- needle member 405 can include one or more openings, or apertures 436 , to increase flexibility.
- needle member 405 includes multiple apertures 436 in various arrangements.
- Needle member 405 can be fabricated from any desired material including, but not limited to, NITINOL and stainless steel, and apertures 436 can be formed in any manner including, but not limited to, molding, milling, grinding, laser cutting, EDM, chemical etching, punching and drilling. The design and use of flexible needles is also discussed in parent U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/847,747, filed on May 7, 2004.
- a first region 437 of needle member 405 includes apertures 436 located at various intervals around the circumference of needle member 405 .
- a second region 438 located distal to the first region 437 , includes apertures 436 on the lower portion of needle member 405 .
- FIG. 18B is a cross-sectional view depicting an exemplary embodiment of needle member 405 in a deflected state within an exemplary embodiment of OA delivery member 401 . Because apertures 436 in region 437 are located around the circumference of needle member 405 , region 437 is relatively more flexible than region 438 .
- distal tip 439 of needle member 405 is also preferably aligned on the lower portion of needle member 405 to reduce the possibility that distal tip 439 will impact, catch, snag, or damage OA delivery member 401 .
- Treatment system 100 can be configured to apply a suction-type force to any surface of septal wall 207 to allow needle member 405 to more easily penetrate the septal tissue without excessive “tenting” of septal wall 207 in response to the pressure applied by needle member 405 .
- the proximal end of OA delivery member 401 can be coupled with a vacuum or pressure adjustment device configured to lower the air or fluid pressure within OA delivery member 401 .
- the pressure is preferably lowered to a degree sufficient to create a suction-type force between OA delivery member 401 and septal wall 207 thereby keeping septal wall 207 in contact or in proximity with OA delivery member 401 while needle member 405 is advanced into septal wall 207 .
- the suction-type force can be applied through needle member 405 instead of, or in addition to OA delivery member 401 .
- Treatment system 100 preferably includes one or more sensors to facilitate determination of when needle member 405 has entered left atrium 212 .
- needle member 405 includes a sensor at or near distal end 415 .
- the sensor can be any type of applicable sensor, such as a pressure sensor, thermal sensor, imaging device, acoustic device and the like.
- a pressure sensor is included that is configured to sense the blood pressure change between right atrium 205 and left atrium 212 .
- the pressure sensor can be any type of pressure sensor including, but not limited to, an electrical sensor and a fluid feedback sensor such as a lumen within needle member 405 having an open distal end in fluid communication with the exterior environment.
- distal end 415 of needle member 405 is configured to be visible by an external or internal imaging device, which can then be used to track the position of distal end 415 with respect to septal wall 207 .
- FIG. 18C is a cross-sectional view of another exemplary embodiment of delivery device 104 .
- distal end 440 of pusher member 406 is configured to push against central portion 303 of implant 103 as opposed to end tip 307 of RA portion 301 . This reduces the likelihood that RA portion 301 will coil when pushed within lumen 414 , which could result in bunching of implant 103 within lumen 414 making delivery more difficult.
- pusher member 406 includes a relatively thinner portion 441 that can provide additional room for RA portion 301 within lumen 414 as well as provide added flexibility to pusher member 406 .
- Relatively thinner portion 441 is relatively thinner than distal end 440 , which is preferably thick enough to adequately engage central portion 303 .
- Distal end 440 can include a recess 442 to provide enough room for RA portion 301 .
- Recess 442 can also be used to help position implant 103 during delivery. For instance, rotation of pusher member 406 can cause implant 103 to rotate if implant 103 is still routed through recess 442 . This can allow the proper rotational orientation of implant 103 before or during delivery into septal wall 207 .
- Distal end surface 443 can be configured in any manner desired to facilitate proper contact and engagement of implant 103 .
- FIGS. 19A-B are cross-sectional views depicting exemplary embodiments of pusher member 406 and implant 103 .
- distal end surface 443 is contoured with a rounded recessed portion 444 into which a coiled central portion 303 can rest and an elevated portion 445 configured to fit within open interior region 327 .
- the contours of distal end surface 443 are dependent on the type and housed configuration of implant 103 , as well as the desired point of contact on implant 103 .
- distal end surface 443 is contoured with a narrow recessed portion 446 into which end tip 307 of RA portion 301 can rest.
- Pusher member 406 can also be configured to releasably couple with implant 103 .
- pusher member 406 is tethered to implant 103 with a tether 485 in order to allow implant 103 to be drawn back into needle member 405 if needed, such as in a case of improper deployment. If implant 103 is properly deployed, tether 485 can be released from pusher member 406 .
- pusher member 406 can be configured to both push and pull implant 103 while within needle member 405 , as depicted in FIGS. 20A-B .
- FIGS. 20A-B are schematic views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of needle member 405 , pusher member 406 and implant 103 .
- implant 103 is placed over outer surface 450 of needle member 405 and end tips 307 of RA portion 301 and LA portion 302 can be routed through apertures 451 and 452 , respectively, and housed within lumen 414 .
- pusher member 406 is used to pull implant 103 back proximally to expose end tip 307 of LA portion 302 as depicted in FIG. 20B .
- pusher member 406 can include any type of grasping device desired.
- pusher member 406 includes a clamp-type device 453 . Once removed from aperture 452 , LA portion 302 can enter the coiled state. As needle member 405 is withdrawn back through septal wall 207 , LA portion 302 engages septal wall 207 and cause implant 103 to slide off needle member 405 . Pusher member 406 can also be used to push end tip 307 of RA portion 301 to facilitate deployment. In this embodiment, proximally located end tip 307 includes an aperture through which a tether 485 is routed for use as described above.
- Delivery device 104 can be configured to maintain the proper orientation of OA delivery member 401 , needle member 405 , pusher member 406 and implant 103 during delivery.
- FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view depicting another exemplary embodiment of delivery device 104 taken along lines 21 - 21 of FIG. 14A where delivery device 104 is configured to use a lock and key technique to maintain proper orientation.
- the lock and keys are implemented with a combination of abutments and corresponding recesses.
- outer surface 450 of needle member 405 includes a recess 456 configured to receive an abutment 455 located on inner surface 457 of OA delivery member 401 .
- Recess 456 can extend longitudinally along needle member 405 for any desired distance to ensure proper orientation even when needle member 405 is advanced and refracted within OA delivery member 401 .
- outer surface 458 of pusher member 406 includes a recess 459 configured to receive an abutment 460 located on inner surface 461 of needle member 405 .
- recess 459 can extend longitudinally along pusher member 406 for any desired distance to ensure proper orientation when pusher member 406 is advanced and refracted.
- pusher member 406 can include recess 442 to accommodate for the presence of RA portion 301 . This recess 442 can also maintain implant 103 in the proper orientation with respect to pusher member 406 .
- Treatment system 100 can include one or more automated systems or devices at the proximal end of body member 101 to facilitate movement of these components and lessen the risk that each component is inadvertently advanced too far or not enough.
- the automated systems or devices can also be configured to apply the desired amount of force to move each component and sense if too much force is being used, which could be indicative of an error in the delivery process.
- OA delivery member 401 needle member 405 and pusher member 406 , each can be optionally pre-shaped.
- one or more of OA delivery member 401 , needle member 405 and pusher member 406 can include a curved section that corresponds to the desired deflected arc shape of OA delivery member 401 depicted in FIG. 14F .
- Pusher member 406 can deploy implant 103 through a pre-existing hole, or implant 103 can be configured with a substantially sharp end tip 307 for creation of a hole while being deployed by pusher member 406 .
- treatment system 100 can optionally include stabilization device 105 .
- FIG. 22 is a block diagram depicting an exemplary embodiment of stabilization device 105 within treatment system 100 .
- stabilization device 105 is preferably configured to stabilize treatment system 100 during delivery of implant 103 .
- Stabilization device 105 can have any configuration desired in accordance with the needs of the application.
- stabilization device 105 can be configured as a body routed through PFO tunnel 215 or any portion of the patient's vasculature, such as superior vena cava 203 .
- Stabilization device 105 preferably includes an elongate stabilization member 501 and can optionally include grasping device 502 , which is preferably configured to grasp nearby tissue in order to facilitate stabilization.
- FIGS. 23A-C are cross-sectional views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of stabilization device 105 being used to in an exemplary method of stabilizing treatment system 100 .
- stabilization member 105 is configured as an elongate member including an outer tubular sheath 501 having an inner lumen 504 configured to slidably receive inner elongate pull member 505 .
- Outer tubular sheath 501 and inner pull member 505 are preferably semi-rigid, having enough rigidity to stabilize treatment system 100 while at the same time having enough flexibility to allow movement and manipulation within the patient's vasculature and heart 200 .
- stabilization device 105 is preferably configured to be routed from right atrium 205 through PFO tunnel 215 into left atrium 212 , where grasping device 502 can be used to cover a portion of septum primum 214 and anchor stabilization device 105 thereto.
- tissue forming septum primum 214 can be irregular, for instance including overlapping folds, variations in tissue thickness and variations in distensibility, each of which can cause septum primum 214 to move, or tent, when needle member 405 is advanced through.
- the inclusion of grasping device 502 can also provide the additional advantage of holding septum primum 214 in place and reducing the risk of tenting.
- Grasping device 502 preferably includes a flexible grasping element 506 coupled with inner pull member 505 .
- grasping element 506 is configured as a rectangular element.
- Outer tubular sheath 501 preferably includes lumen 507 having open distal end 508 , from which grasping element 506 can be deployed.
- Lumen 507 can be configured with contoured sidewalls to facilitate deployment of grasping element 506 .
- inner member 505 can be pulled in a proximal direction with respect to outer sheath 501 , causing grasping element 506 to advance through lumen 507 and out of distal end 508 .
- Grasping element 506 can optionally include an atraumatic end 512 , which in this embodiment is a radio-opaque element, which may be gold or platinum.
- grasping element 506 is configured as a deformable, pre-shaped element having three main configurations.
- FIG. 23A depicts grasping element 506 in a first configuration housed within lumen 507 . This configuration is preferably used while treatment system 100 is moved through the patient's vasculature and as well as when stabilization device 105 traverses PFO tunnel 215 , as depicted here.
- FIG. 23B depicts grasping element 506 in a second configuration partially deployed from within lumen 507 . Once stabilization device 105 is advanced through PFO tunnel 215 and out of PFO exit 218 , grasping element 506 is preferably deployed to this configuration by pulling inner member 505 proximally with respect to outer sheath 501 .
- grasping element 506 can be used to catch the edge of septum primum 214 as stabilization device 105 is pulled slightly back in proximal direction 509 .
- FIG. 23C depicts grasping element 506 in a third, fully deployed configuration, after inner member 505 has been pulled back further.
- Grasping element 506 can optionally include a recess configured to engage an abutment on outer sheath 501 in this configuration, which is preferably used to more fully grasp or engage septum primum 214 to anchor stabilization device 105 thereto.
- inner member 505 can be advanced distally with respect to outer sheath 501 to draw grasping element 506 back within lumen 507 .
- Any component of treatment system 100 adequately coupled with stabilization device 105 is thereby also anchored to septum primum 214 .
- stabilization device 105 can be used to engage any tissue flap or edge desired, not solely septum primum 214 .
- FIGS. 24A-B are perspective views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of stabilization device 105 with grasping device 502 .
- grasping device 502 includes multiple grasping elements 506 for grasping over a wider area.
- grasping device 502 includes a wire-like grasping element 506 .
- grasping element 506 is looped into lumen 507 (not shown) via apertures 510 and 511 , which communicate with lumen 507 .
- FIGS. 25A-D are cross-sectional views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of stabilization device 105 .
- grasping element 506 has a flap-like shape with tapered inner surface 516 and is located on distal end member 517 of outer sheath 501 .
- Inner member 505 includes an abutment 514 on distal end portion 515 and is configured to push against and apply a force to grasping element 506 .
- FIG. 25A depicts grasping element 506 in the first, housed configuration. To deploy grasping element 506 to the second configuration for catching septum primum 214 , inner member 505 is advanced distally with respect to outer sheath 501 as depicted in FIG. 25B .
- inner member 505 (and body member 101 , if necessary) is refracted proximally by the desired amount, as depicted in FIG. 25C .
- Manufacture of this embodiment can be made relatively simple.
- distal end member 517 and grasping element 506 can be formed by laser or EDM cutting a NITINOL tube.
- distal end member 517 is located on distal end of inner member 505 and abutment 514 is located on sheath 501 .
- FIGS. 26A-C are cross-sectional views of additional exemplary embodiments of stabilization device 105 .
- outer sheath 501 preferably includes an open distal end 518 , from which grasping device 502 can be deployed.
- Grasping element 506 is preferably located on distal end portion 515 of inner member 505 and can be formed of a deformable elastic material such as stainless steel, NITINOL, shape memory polymers and the like.
- Grasping element 506 is preferably configured to be slidable within inner lumen 504 and is preferably pre-shaped, such as by heat-treating NITINOL, so that grasping element 506 can assume a desired shape when advanced from inner lumen 504 .
- NITINOL shape memory polymers
- grasping element 506 is depicted in the first, housed configuration within inner lumen 504 .
- inner member 505 has been advanced distally to deploy grasping element 506 in the second configuration for catching septum primum 214 .
- inner member 505 has been advanced further distally to place grasping element 506 in the third configuration for grasping septum primum 214 .
- Embodiments of stabilization device 105 where grasping device 502 can be deployed by pushing grasping device 502 out from within inner lumen 504 such as that described with respect to FIGS. 26A-C , will be referred to herein as “push out” embodiments.
- FIG. 27A is a perspective view depicting an additional exemplary embodiment of stabilization device 105 having a “push-out” grasping device 502 .
- grasping device 502 is shown in the fully deployed third configuration having two grasping elements 506 .
- grasping device 502 can include any number of grasping elements 506 .
- each grasping element 506 overlaps so as to provide additional grasping force at location 419 where needle member 405 insertion occurs.
- FIG. 27B is a cross-sectional view depicting another exemplary embodiment where grasping element 506 is configured to attract to a magnetic force 522 provided by magnet 523 coupled with inner member 505 .
- the magnetic force is preferably great enough to penetrate outer sheath 501 and septum primum 214 and attract elements 506 to provide additional grasping force.
- magnet 523 can be placed in any desired location, for instance, on outer sheath 501 at distal end 518 or on grasping element 506 , in which case inner member 505 could be configured to attract to the magnetic force, or any combination thereof.
- additional abutments can be included on grasping element 506 and/or the surface of grasping element 506 can be etched or coated or otherwise textured.
- treatment system 100 can include centering device 106 to facilitate proper placement of implant 103 .
- Centering device 106 can be configured to align delivery device 104 in the desired location with respect to the center of PFO tunnel 215 .
- centering is used, it should be understood that centering device 106 can be configured to align delivery device 104 in any location, not necessarily the center of PFO tunnel 215 .
- FIGS. 28A-C are cross-sectional views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of centering device 106 .
- centering device 106 includes an elongate centering support member 601 having two elongate flexible positioning members 602 , referred to herein as centering arms 602 , located on opposite sides of and extending along the length of support member 601 .
- Support member 601 can include two lumens 603 , each configured to slidably receive a centering arm 602 .
- Each lumen 603 preferably has an open distal end 606 which opens to an open or recessed portion 605 of support member 601 .
- Each centering arm 602 preferably extends through this recessed portion 605 and into seat 604 preferably configured to receive distal end 607 of each centering arm 602 .
- Seat 604 is preferably located in recessed portion 605 in a position opposite to lumen 603 .
- FIG. 28A depicts centering arms 602 at rest within recessed portion 605 along the sides of support member 601 .
- the length of recessed portion 605 is indicated as length 609 .
- FIG. 28B is a cross-sectional view of centering device 106 taken along line 28 B- 28 B of FIG. 28 A.
- centering arms 602 are preferably configured as rectangular wire bands, although any configuration can be used as desired. Advancement of centering arms 602 in a distal direction causes distal end 607 to contact seat 604 and forces centering arms 602 to extend outwards from recessed portion 605 as depicted in FIG. 28C . Configuration of centering arms 602 as bands helps ensure that arms 602 extend directly away from support member 601 in direction 611 .
- centering arms 602 When centering device 106 is placed within PFO tunnel 215 , centering arms 602 can be extended until coming into contact with sidewalls 219 , as depicted in FIG. 28D , which is a perspective view of centering device 106 within PFO tunnel 215 .
- sidewalls 219 and PFO exit 218 are shown as dashed lines to indicate their presence underneath septum secundum 210 .
- the extension distance 608 of each arm 602 will likewise be the same amount and support member 601 will be forced into a centered position within PFO tunnel 215 .
- centering device 106 can be centered within PFO tunnel 215 and can be used as a reference point for delivering implant 103 .
- centering device 106 is coupled with delivery device 104 , so that centering of centering device 106 will also cause centering of delivery device 104 .
- centering arms 602 are retracted proximally into lumens 603 and centering device can then be retracted through PFO tunnel 215 .
- Surface 610 of recessed portion 605 is preferably curved, or tapered, to reduce the risk that support member 601 will catch or become hung up on any tissue in or around PFO tunnel 215 .
- centering arms 602 are shown as being located entirely within PFO tunnel 215 .
- length 609 of recessed portion 605 will cause the extended portion of centering arms 602 to vary accordingly.
- Support member 601 and centering arm 602 can each be composed of any desired material in accordance with the needs of the application.
- support member 601 is composed of a flexible polymer, such as polyimides, polyamides, polyproylene and the like.
- centering arms 602 are composed of a flexible polymer or metal, such as NITINOL, stainless steel and the like.
- centering arms 602 have a curved or arcuate shape when extended from support member 601 .
- centering arms 602 can be configured to have any desired shape when extended.
- FIGS. 29A-B are schematic views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of centering device 106 with centering arms 602 extended in a three-sided and two-sided shapes, respectively.
- portions 612 of centering arms 602 are made thinner than the surrounding portions, so that centering arms 602 have a tendency to flex first in portions 612 , allowing these polygonal shapes to be achieved.
- arms 602 can be pre-shaped to be biased to assume a desired shape when allowed to expand from recessed portion 605 .
- arms 602 are composed of NITINOL and are heat-treated for pre-shaping.
- NITINOL NITINOL
- One of skill in the art will readily recognize, in light of this disclosure, that variation of the thickness of arms 602 and pre-shaping can allow an almost limitless number of shapes to be achieved, having curved portions, straight portions and any combination thereof which can be symmetric or asymmetric.
- FIG. 29C is a schematic view depicting another exemplary embodiment of centering device 106 where each centering arm 602 is configured to extend with two outcroppings 614 . These outcroppings 614 can be placed outside PFO tunnel 215 to prevent centering device 106 from slipping out of PFO tunnel 215 .
- Outcroppings 614 can be formed by making that portion of centering arm 602 relatively thicker than the surrounding portions, making outcropping 614 less likely to flex.
- a desired radius of curvature in centering arms 602 can be implemented by pre-shaping, or by gradually varying the thickness and/or width of centering arms 602 , where a relatively thinner portion will correspond to a relatively larger rate of curvature.
- centering device 106 can include any number of one or more arms 602 for centering/positioning purposes.
- FIG. 30 is a schematic view depicting another exemplary embodiment of centering device 106 having one centering arm 602 extended within PFO tunnel 215 .
- PFO tunnel 215 is curved to one side and centering arm 602 is positioned on the opposite side.
- Centering arm 602 can then be extended a predetermined distance to position centering device 106 in the desired location.
- centering device 106 includes multiple arms 602 configured for use independently of each other to allow the user to have increased control over the position of centering device 106 within PFO tunnel 215 .
- the user can adjust two opposing arms 602 to center device 106 between sidewalls 219 within tunnel 215 , and then adjust a third arm 602 to position device 106 as desired relative to septum secundum 210 and septum primum 214 .
- the user can use three or more arms 602 for centering based on the tunnel type or anatomy.
- FIG. 31 is a schematic view depicting an exemplary embodiment of centering device 106 where support member 601 is a rigid cylindrical member 649 having a smooth, or polished, surface 615 between lumen 603 and seat 604 (as shown in FIG. 28A ), which are formed in rigid extrusions 650 which are preferable metal and located on member 649 .
- support member 601 is a rigid cylindrical member 649 having a smooth, or polished, surface 615 between lumen 603 and seat 604 (as shown in FIG. 28A ), which are formed in rigid extrusions 650 which are preferable metal and located on member 649 .
- sharpened distal end 415 of needle member 405 comes into contact with support member 601 , it is more likely to be deflected from rigid cylindrical member 649 .
- FIGS. 32A-B are cross-sectional views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of centering device 106 where support member 601 includes an open distal end 616 from which one or more pre-shaped centering arms 602 can be extended.
- Centering arms 602 are preferably pre-shaped to the extended position allowing elimination of seat 604 and recessed portion 605 .
- Centering arms 602 are preferably deformable from a first configuration to allow housing within inner lumen 617 of support member 601 as depicted in FIG. 32A .
- FIG. 32B centering arms 602 are shown deployed from inner lumen 617 in their extended second configuration.
- centering arms 602 are shown as separate elements, the proximal end of the pre-shaped portion of each arm 602 can be coupled together on a common elongate shaft.
- FIG. 32C depicts an exemplary embodiment of treatment system 100 where the embodiments described with respect to FIGS. 27 A and 32 A-B have been integrated together to form device 110 .
- centering arms 602 similar to that depicted in FIGS. 32A-B each include grasping element 506 of stabilization device 105 , similar to that depicted in FIG. 27A , located distal to the centering portion 618 .
- centering device 106 is used for centering and stabilization, allowing the elimination of a separate stabilization device 105 from system 100 .
- support member 601 is preferably advanced through PFO exit 218 .
- centering arms 602 can be advanced distally to deploy grasping elements 506 from the first, housed configuration, to the second and third configurations for catching and grasping septum primum 214 .
- septum primum 214 is grasped, support member 601 can be refracted proximally with respect to centering arms 602 in order to deploy centering portions 618 of each arm 602 .
- the centering portions 618 can then expand outwards and center device 106 , thereby preferably also centering body member 101 and delivery device 104 , while at the same time maintaining a grasp of septum primum 214 .
- FIG. 32D is a schematic view depicting another exemplary embodiment of treatment system 100 where centering device 106 and stabilization device 105 have been integrated together.
- stabilization member 501 includes two lumens 603 and seats 604 (not shown), and recessed portions 605 for use with centering arms 602 .
- centering arms 602 can be extended in directions 611 to center or otherwise place combined device 110 in the desired position.
- FIGS. 33A-B are cross-sectional views depicting another exemplary embodiment of treatment system 100 where body member 101 includes two lumens 630 and 631 .
- FIG. 33A is a longitudinal cross-sectional view and FIG. 33B is a radial cross-sectional view taken along line 33 B- 33 B of FIG. 33A .
- lumen 630 is configured to slidably receive delivery device 104
- lumen 631 is configured to slidably receive either stabilization device 105 or an optional guidewire to facilitate routing body member 101 through the patient's vasculature.
- the guidewire can be placed in lumen 631 until body member 101 is in the desired position within the patient, at which time the guidewire can be removed and stabilization device 105 can be inserted.
- centering device 106 is preferably integrated with stabilization device 105 , such as in the embodiment described with respect to FIG. 32D , in order to provide treatment system with both stabilization and centering capability.
- stabilization device is preferably fixably coupled with either body member 101 or delivery device 104 .
- FIGS. 34A-C are cross-sectional views depicting another exemplary embodiment of treatment system 100 where body member 101 includes four lumens 630 - 633 as well as centering arms 602 .
- FIG. 34A is a first longitudinal cross-sectional view
- FIG. 34B is a radial cross-sectional view taken along line 34 B- 34 B of FIG. 34A
- FIG. 34C is a second longitudinal cross-sectional view taken along line 34 C- 34 C of FIG. 34A
- lumen 630 is configured to slidably receive delivery device 104
- lumen 631 is configured for any purpose, including reception of stabilization device 105 , a guidewire, dye infusion and the like.
- FIG. 34A is a first longitudinal cross-sectional view
- FIG. 34B is a radial cross-sectional view taken along line 34 B- 34 B of FIG. 34A
- FIG. 34C is a second longitudinal cross-sectional view taken along line 34 C- 34 C of FIG. 34A
- FIG. 34B depicts centering arms 602 within lumens 632 - 633 and FIG. 34C depicts centering arms 602 located within lumens 632 - 633 , recessed portions 605 and seats 604 .
- recessed portions 605 and seats 604 are located distal to grasping device 404 on elongate support section 411 .
- the distal portion of support section 411 can be placed within PFO tunnel 215 where centering arms 602 can be deflected for centering prior to deployment of implant 103 in left atrium.
- FIGS. 35A-B are cross-sectional views depicting another exemplary embodiment of treatment system 100 where body member 101 includes three lumens 630 , 632 and 633 as well as centering arms 602 .
- FIG. 35A is a longitudinal cross-sectional view
- FIG. 35B is a radial cross-sectional view taken along line 35 B- 35 B of FIG. 35A .
- distal end 112 of body member 101 includes an atraumatic tip 640 , which in this embodiment is a floppy tip.
- body member 101 is configured to be advanceable within the patient's vasculature without the aid of a guidewire.
- stabilization device 105 has been optionally omitted, allowing body member 101 to achieve a relatively smaller radial cross-section size.
- atraumatic tip 640 is omitted and body member 101 is configured to be slidably advanced through a tubular guide catheter placed within the patient's vasculature.
- FIGS. 36A-B are cross-sectional views depicting another exemplary embodiment of treatment system 100 where body member 101 includes four lumens 630 - 633 as well as centering arms 602 .
- FIG. 36A is a longitudinal cross-sectional view
- FIG. 36B is a radial cross-sectional view taken along line 36 B- 36 B of FIG. 36A .
- This embodiment is similar to the embodiment described with respect to FIGS. 34A-C except here, lumen 631 is configured for use with guidewire 641 only, which can be the same size as or relatively thinner than stabilization device 105 , allowing the radial cross-section size of lumen 631 and body member 101 to be reduced.
- FIGS. 37A-B are cross-sectional views depicting another exemplary embodiment of treatment system 100 where body member 101 includes four lumens 630 - 633 as well as centering arms 602 .
- FIG. 37A is a longitudinal cross-sectional view
- FIG. 37B is a radial cross-sectional view taken along line 37 B- 37 B of FIG. 37A .
- lumen 631 is configured to facilitate exchange of stabilization device 105 and guidewire 641 .
- Proximal portion 642 of lumen 631 includes a divider 643 to separate lumen 631 into a first portion 644 for stabilization device 105 and a second portion 645 for guidewire 641 .
- Distal portion 646 of lumen 631 is preferably tapered to minimize the radial cross-section size of lumen 631 . Exchange between stabilization device 105 and guidewire 641 is facilitated because both can reside within proximal portion 642 at the same time, with the desired one of stabilization device 105 or guidewire 641 being advanced distally through open distal end 647 for use.
- treatment system 100 can be further configured for dye infusion, pressure sensing, imaging, drug delivery, ablation, the use of occlusive devices such as balloons and stents, facilitating the implantation of coronary sinus pacing or defibrillation leads, the use of a stylet and the like.
- occlusive devices such as balloons and stents
- facilitating the implantation of coronary sinus pacing or defibrillation leads the use of a stylet and the like.
- These and other additional types of functionality can be added in any manner, including, but not limited to the addition of one or more lumens 102 , or the use of the existing lumens 102 , integration directly into body member 101 , or the addition of one or more extra body members 101 .
- treatment system 100 can include multiple delivery devices 104 for delivery of multiple implants 103 , multiple stabilization devices 105 for stabilization on multiple tissue surfaces, multiple centering devices 106 and multiple body members 101 as desired. If treatment system 100 is used to access septal wall 207 via inferior vena cava 202 , the maximum radial cross-section size of body member 101 is preferably 13 French or less, although it should be noted that any size body member 101 can be used in accordance with the needs of the application.
- Body member 101 can be constructed from any material as desired, but is preferably constructed from a flexible polymer such as polyethylene, polypropylene, nylon and the like.
- any component or component portion within treatment system 100 can be configured to facilitate any type of imaging, including, but not limited to, internal and external ultrasound imaging, optical imaging, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), and flouroscopy.
- radio-opaque portions can be used to increase the visibility in flouroscopic applications while echolucent coatings can be used to increase visibility in ultrasound applications.
- OA delivery member 401 can be entirely radio-opaque, or can include portions that are radio-opaque, such as on distal tip 430 of FIG. 14A .
- Methods 700 and 800 of treating PFO tunnel 215 are preferably used with treatment system 100 , but can be used with any medical system as desired.
- method 700 will be described with respect to treatment system 100 and method 800 will be described without reference to a particular treatment system, although it should be understood that methods 700 and 800 can be used with or without treatment system 100 .
- the steps of methods 700 will vary, in part, on the actual configuration of implant 103 , the number of implants 103 to be delivered, the location in which each implant 103 is to be delivered, the use of guidewire 641 or a guide catheter and the optional use of stabilization device 105 and/or centering device 106 or any combination thereof.
- FIGS. 38A-C are cross-sectional views of septal wall 207 depicting exemplary embodiments of implant 103 in just several of the many alternate locations that can be used.
- implant 103 has been delivered through the upper portion of septum secundum 210 adjacent to PFO exit 218 .
- FIG. 38B implant 103 has been delivered through the lower portion of septum primum 214 , adjacent to PFO entrance 217 and near (or in) fossa ovalis 208 .
- FIG. 38C implant 103 has been delivered through septal wall 207 adjacent to sidewall 219 , septum primum 214 and septum secundum 210 .
- FIGS. 38D-E are views of septal wall 207 depicting exemplary embodiments of multiple implants 103 in just several of the many alternate arrangements that can be used.
- three implants 103 have been delivered through both septum primum 214 and septum secundum 210 .
- six implants 103 have been delivered through septal wall 207 adjacent to both sidewalls 219 , septum primum 214 and septum secundum 210 .
- method 700 will be described herein as using one implant 103 , delivered through both septum primum 214 and septum secundum 210 , using an exemplary embodiment of treatment system 100 similar to that described above with respect to FIGS. 33A-B , where body member 101 is configured for use with stabilization device 105 having centering device 106 integrated thereon.
- FIGS. 39A-B are flow diagrams depicting an example of method 700 .
- body member 101 is placed in proximity with PFO region 209 .
- implant 103 can be delivered from left atrium 212 or right atrium 205 .
- implant 103 is placed into proximity with PFO region 209 by advancing body member 101 from the femoral vein to right atrium 205 in a conventional manner.
- a needle is inserted into the femoral vein and a guidewire is advanced through the needle into the femoral vein. The needle can then be removed and an access sheath can be routed over the guidewire, which can also then be removed.
- a J-tip guidewire such as a 0.035′′/0.038′′ guidewire, can be routed through the patient's vasculature into inferior vena cava 202 and right atrium 205 . From there, the guidewire can be routed through PFO tunnel 215 and into left atrium 212 . Next, an exchange sheath or multi-purpose guide can then be advanced over the J-tip guidewire into left atrium 212 , at which point the J-tip guidewire can be removed. A relatively stiffer guidewire 641 can then be advanced through the exchange sheath or multi-purpose guide and into left atrium 212 and optionally the pulmonary vein, which can act as an anchor for the guidewire.
- Body member 101 can then be advanced over the guidewire 641 into proximity with PFO region 209 , preferably through PFO tunnel 215 and into left atrium 212 .
- a catheter or guidewire having a sizing device such as a balloon, can be placed within PFO tunnel 215 to measure the size of PFO tunnel 215 , for use in choosing a placement location, implant size, etc.
- stabilization device 105 is preferably advanced through lumen 631 and into left atrium 212 .
- body member 101 can be retracted proximally into right atrium 205 .
- stabilization device 105 includes a stabilization member 501 and grasping device 502 with grasping element 506 .
- grasping element 506 can be deployed from the first housed configuration to the second configuration for catching tissue, which, in this example, is preferably septum primum 214 .
- stabilization member 501 is preferably moved distally until grasping element 506 catches septum primum 214 .
- OA delivery member 401 can be retracted proximally with respect to body member 101 to raise arm member 409 .
- body member 101 and OA delivery member 401 are advanced distally until arm member 409 abuts limbus 211 .
- centering device 106 can be used to center delivery device 104 , preferably by deflecting centering arms 602 .
- stabilization device 105 can be fixably coupled to delivery device 104 (e.g., with a rotating hemostasis valve or Tuohy-Borst valve and the like).
- delivery device 104 e.g., with a rotating hemostasis valve or Tuohy-Borst valve and the like.
- grasping element 506 can be further deployed to the third configuration to grasp septum primum 214 and lock stabilization device 105 to septum primum 214 .
- either 716 , 717 , 718 or any combination thereof can be implemented prior to 712 .
- 716 - 718 can be implemented in any order desired with respect to each other.
- OA delivery member 401 is preferably advanced distally with respect to body member 101 to rotate distal end 410 into the desired orientation with surface 320 of septum secundum 210 .
- needle member 405 can be advanced through septum secundum 210 and septum primum 214 and into left atrium 212 .
- pusher member 406 can be advanced distally to at least partially deploy LA portion 302 of implant 103 from distal end 415 of needle member 405 .
- centering arms 602 are in their deflected state for centering, it is possible for needle member 405 to pass between centering arms 602 and stabilization member 501 when inserted, based on needle insertion location 419 .
- centering arms 602 can be refracted proximally back into elongate body 101 thereby removing them from seats 604 and preventing implant 103 from being trapped between centering arms 602 and stabilization member 501 .
- grasping element 506 can be moved to the second configuration to free stabilization device 105 from septum primum 214 .
- 726 can be performed before 724 if desired.
- LA portion 302 can be fully deployed if not already.
- grasping element 506 can be removed to the first configuration, housed within stabilization member 501 .
- centering device 106 can be moved to the undeployed configuration if not already, preferably by collapsing centering arms 602 , after which stabilization device 105 can be refracted proximally from PFO entrance 217 at 734 .
- needle member 405 can be withdrawn into OA delivery member 401 to deploy central portion 303 of implant 103 and at least a portion of RA portion 301 .
- an optional closure test can be performed to confirm at least partial closure, and preferably substantially complete closure, of PFO tunnel 215 .
- Any desired closure test can be performed including, but not limited to, the introduction of gaseous bubbles simultaneously with imaging using contrast enhanced trans-cranial doppler (CE-TCD), intracardiac echocardiography (ICE) and the like, or the infusion of a radio-opaque dye imagable via flouroscopy.
- CE-TCD contrast enhanced trans-cranial doppler
- ICE intracardiac echocardiography
- the test may be performed by pulling back OA delivery member 401 as far as necessary to deploy RA coil 301 and then test while device is at PFO entrance.
- OA delivery member 401 can be refracted proximally with respect to body member 101 to complete deployment of RA portion 301 , release limbus 211 and place OA delivery member 401 in the original position. If the desired degree of closure is confirmed, then any tether connection to implant 103 can be released at 742 . Finally, at 744 , body member 101 can be retracted distally and withdrawn from the patient.
- FIG. 40 depicts another exemplary method 800 of treating a septal defect.
- limbus 211 is abutted with an abutment of a medical device.
- limbus 211 is engaged with the medical device and optionally grasped such that the medical device is anchored to limbus 211 .
- a hole in septal wall 207 preferably in septum secundum 210 , is created using limbus 211 as a point of reference.
- the hole can be created at a fixed or adjustable distance from limbus 211 .
- the hole is used to facilitate delivery of a device configured to treat a septal defect.
- the device is deployed through the hole such that it causes at least partial closure of the septal defect.
- limbus 211 is abutted and used as a reference.
- the edge of septum primum 214 is abutted and used as a reference.
- one or both sidewalls 219 and/or fossa ovalis 208 are abutted and used as points of reference.
- treatment system 100 and the methods for treating a septal defect can be configured or altered in an almost limitless number of ways, the many combinations and variations of which cannot be practically described herein.
- the devices and methods herein may be used in any part of the body, in order to treat a variety of disease states.
- hollow organs including but not limited to the heart and blood vessels (arterial and venous), lungs and air passageways, digestive organs (esophagus, stomach, intestines, biliary tree, etc.).
- the devices and methods will also find use within the genitourinary tract in such areas as the bladder, urethra, ureters, and other areas.
- the off-axis delivery systems may be used to pierce tissue and deliver medication, fillers, toxins, and the like in order to offer benefit to a patient.
- the device could be used to deliver bulking agent such as collagen, pyrolytic carbon beads, and/or various polymers to the urethra to treat urinary incontinence and other urologic conditions or to the lower esophagus/upper stomach to treat gastroesophageal reflux disease.
- the devices could be used to deliver drug or other agent to a preferred location or preferred depth within an organ.
- various medications could be administered into the superficial or deeper areas of the esophagus to treat Barrett's esophagus, or into the heart to promote angiogenesis or myogenesis.
- the off-axis system can be useful in taking biopsies, both within the lumen and deep to the lumen.
- the system could be used to take bronchoscopic biopsy specimens of lymph nodes that are located outside of the bronchial tree or flexible endoscopic biopsy specimens that are located outside the gastrointestinal tract. The above list is not meant to limit the scope of the invention.
- the off-axis delivery system is used with an anchoring means in order to anchor the device to a location within the body prior to rotation of the off-axis system.
- This anchoring means may involve the use of a tissue grasper or forceps.
- any device or set of devices can be advanced within the lumen of the off-axis delivery system, including but not limited to needles, biopsy forceps, aspiration catheters, drug infusion devices, brushes, stents, balloon catheters, drainage catheters, and the like.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Surgery (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Medical Informatics (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Surgical Instruments (AREA)
- Prostheses (AREA)
Abstract
A system for treating a septal defect having an implantable treatment apparatus and devices for delivering the implantable treatment apparatus and methods for treating a septal defect are provided. The implantable treatment apparatus is preferably implantable through a septal wall or portion thereof. The treatment system can include a flexible elongate body member, a delivery device configured to deliver the implantable apparatus, a stabilization device configured to stabilize the body member and a positioning device configured to position the delivery device in a desired location.
Description
- This application is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/422,871, filed Jun. 7, 2006, now U.S. Pat. No. 7,686,828, which is a divisional of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/175,814, filed Jul. 5, 2005, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/847,747, filed on May 7, 2004, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/734,670, filed Dec. 11, 2003, which is a division of Ser. No. 09/948,453, filed Sep. 7, 2001, now U.S. Pat. No. 6,702,835 and which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 09/948,502, filed Sep. 6, 2001, now U.S. Pat. No. 6,776,784, each of which are fully incorporated herein by reference.
- The present invention relates generally to systems and methods for closing internal tissue defects, and more particularly to systems and methods for closing a patent foramen ovale or other septal defect.
- By nature of their location, the treatment of internal tissue defects is inherently difficult. Access to a defect through invasive surgery introduces a high level of risk that can result in serious complications for the patient. Access to the defect remotely with a catheter or equivalent device is less risky, but treatment of the defect itself is made more difficult given the limited physical abilities of the catheter. The difficulty in accessing and treating tissue defects is compounded when the defect is found in or near a vital organ. For instance, a patent foramen ovale (“PFO”) is a serious septal defect that can occur between the left and right atria of the heart and a patent ductus arteriosus (“PDA”) is an abnormal shunt between the aorta and pulmonary artery.
- During development of a fetus in utero, oxygen is transferred from maternal blood to fetal blood through complex interactions between the developing fetal vasculature and the mother's placenta. During this process, blood is oxygenated within the fetal lungs. In fact, most of the fetus' circulation is shunted away from the lungs through specialized vessels and foramens that are open during fetal life, but typically will close shortly after birth. Occasionally, however, these foramen fail to close and create hemodynamic problems, which, in extreme cases, can ultimately prove fatal. During fetal life, an opening called the foramen ovale allows blood to pass directly from the right atrium to the left atrium (bypassing the lungs). Thus, blood that is oxygenated via gas exchange with the placenta may travel through the vena cava into the right atrium, through the foramen ovale into the left atrium, and from there into the left ventricle for delivery to the fetal systemic circulation. After birth, with pulmonary circulation established, the increased left atrial blood flow and pressure causes the functional closure of the foramen ovale and, as the heart continues to develop, this closure allows the foramen ovale to grow completely sealed.
- In some cases, however, the foramen ovale fails to close entirely. This condition, known as a PFO, can allow blood to continue to shunt between the left and right atria of the heart throughout the adult life of the individual. A PFO can pose serious health risks for the individual, including strokes and migraines. The presence of PFO's have been implicated as a possible contributing factor in the pathogenesis of migraine. Two current hypothesis that link PFO's with migraine include the transit of vasoactive substances or thrombus/emboli from the venous circulation directly into the left atrium without passing through the lungs where they would normally be deactivated or filtered respectively. Other diseases that have been associated with PFO's (and which could benefit from PFO closure) include but are not limited to depression and affective disorders, personality and anxiety disorders, pain, stroke, TIA, dementia, epilepsy, and sleep disorders.
- Still other septal defects can occur between the various chambers of the heart, such as atrial-septal defects (ASD's), ventricular-septal defects (VSD's), and the like. To treat these defects as well as PFO's, open heart surgery can be performed to ligate and close the defect. Alternatively, catheter-based procedures have been developed that require introducing umbrella or disc-like devices into the heart. These devices include opposing expandable structures connected by a hub or waist. Generally, in an attempt to close the defect, the device is inserted through the natural opening of the defect and the expandable structures are deployed on either side of the septum to secure the tissue surrounding the defect between the umbrella or disc-like structure.
- These devices suffer from numerous shortcomings. For instance, these devices typically involve frame structures that often support membranes, either of which may fail during the life of the patient, thereby introducing the risk that the defect may reopen or that portions of the device could be released within the patient's heart. These devices can fail to form a perfect seal of the septal defect, allowing blood to continue to shunt through the defect. Also, the size and expansive nature of these devices makes safe withdrawal from the patient difficult in instances where withdrawal becomes necessary. The presence of these devices within the heart typically requires the patient to use anti-coagulant drugs for prolonged periods of time, thereby introducing additional health risks to the patient. Furthermore, these devices can come into contact with other portions of the heart tissue and cause undesirable side effects such as an arrhythmia, local tissue damage, and perforation.
- Accordingly, improved systems and methods for closing internal tissue defects within the heart are needed.
- Improved systems and methods for closing internal tissue defects, such as septal defects and the like, are provided herein by the way of exemplary embodiments. These embodiments are examples only and are not intended to limit the invention.
- In one exemplary embodiment, a method of treating a septal defect includes placing a delivery device in proximity with a septal wall having a septal defect, stabilizing the delivery device with an elongate device placed at least partially within the septal defect, and positioning a distal end of the delivery device in a desired orientation with respect to the septal wall, where a first longitudinal axis of the delivery device at the distal end is transverse to a second longitudinal axis of the elongate device.
- In another exemplary embodiment, an implantable apparatus for treating a septal defect is provided having a body with a first end portion, a second end portion and a central portion located therebetween. Preferably, the first end portion is configured to engage a first septal surface, the second end portion is configured to engage a second septal surface and the central portion is configured to fit within an opening in a septal wall.
- In another exemplary embodiment, a treatment system is provided having a first elongate member and a second elongate delivery member having a distal end rotatably coupled with the first elongate member, wherein the orientation of the distal end is adjustable from a first orientation to a second orientation upon advancement of the elongate member in a distal direction.
- In another exemplary embodiment, a treatment system is provided having an elongate tubular member having an inner lumen configured to slidably receive and interact with an inner elongate member. Preferably, the inner elongate member is configured to deploy a grasping device through an aperture in the elongate tubular member upon movement of the elongate inner member with respect to the elongate tubular member.
- In yet another exemplary embodiment, a treatment system is provided having a flexible positioning member having a distal end and an elongate support member having an inner lumen configured to slidably receive the flexible positioning member. Preferably, the inner lumen has a distal end configured to abut the distal end of the flexible positioning member and an open portion located proximal to the distal end of the lumen. The flexible positioning member is also preferably configured to extend from the open portion upon advancement of the flexible positioning member distally against the distal end of the inner lumen.
- In another exemplary embodiment, a method of treating a septal defect is provided, the method including abutting a limbus of a septum secundum with an abutment of a medical device, creating a hole in the septum secundum with the limbus as a point of reference, and using the hole to facilitate delivery of a device configured to treat a septal defect.
- In another exemplary embodiment, a treatment system is provided having an implantable treatment device, a flexible elongate delivery device configured to deliver the implantable treatment device, a stabilization device insertable within an opening in a septum, or tunnel between two septa, and configured to stabilize an elongate body member, and the elongate body member configured for insertion within the vasculature of a patient, the body member configured to slidably receive the delivery device and stabilization device.
- Other systems, methods, features and advantages of the invention will be or will become apparent to one with skill in the art upon examination of the following figures and detailed description. It is intended that all such additional systems, methods, features and advantages be included within this description, be within the scope of the invention, and be protected by the accompanying claims. It is also intended that the invention is not limited to require the details of the example embodiments.
- The details of the invention, both as to its structure and operation, may be gleaned in part by study of the accompanying figures, in which like reference numerals refer to like parts. The components in the figures are not necessarily to scale, emphasis instead being placed upon illustrating the principles of the invention. Moreover, all illustrations are intended to convey concepts, where relative sizes, shapes and other detailed attributes may be illustrated schematically rather than literally or precisely.
-
FIG. 1 is a block diagram depicting an exemplary embodiment of a treatment system. -
FIG. 2A is an exterior/interior view of the right atrium depicting an example human heart. -
FIGS. 2B-2C are enlarged views of an example atrial septal wall. -
FIG. 2D is a cross-sectional view taken alongline 2D-2D ofFIGS. 2B-2C depicting another example septal wall. -
FIG. 3 is a block diagram depicting an exemplary embodiment of an implantable treatment device. -
FIG. 4A is a perspective view depicting another exemplary embodiment of an implantable treatment device. -
FIG. 4B is a perspective view depicting an exemplary embodiment of several coiled segments of an implantable treatment device. -
FIG. 4C depicts a side view of the embodiment of the implantable treatment device taken alongdirection 330 ofFIG. 4A . -
FIG. 4D is a schematic view depicting another exemplary embodiment of the implantable treatment device as viewed fromdirection 329 ofFIG. 4C . -
FIG. 4E is cross-sectional view depicting the exemplary embodiment of the implantable treatment device depicted inFIG. 4A implanted within an example heart. -
FIGS. 4F-G are cross-sectional views of additional exemplary embodiments of the treatment system with a delivery device. -
FIGS. 5A-E are perspective views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of the central portion the implantable treatment device. -
FIGS. 6A-I are perspective views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of either the first and/or the second end portions of the implantable treatment device. -
FIGS. 7A-C , 8 and 9A-C are perspective views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of the implantable treatment device. -
FIG. 10A is a flow diagram depicting one exemplary method of manufacturing another exemplary embodiment of the implantable treatment device. -
FIG. 10B is a perspective view of an exemplary embodiment of a body shaping device. -
FIGS. 11A-C are perspective views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of an implantable treatment device. -
FIG. 12 depicts another exemplary embodiment of the treatment system within a heart. -
FIG. 13 is a block diagram depicting an exemplary embodiment of a delivery device. -
FIG. 14A is a perspective view depicting another exemplary embodiment of the treatment system. -
FIG. 14B is a cross-sectional view depicting another exemplary embodiment of the delivery device. -
FIGS. 14C-F are perspective views depicting a portion of the septal wall and an additional exemplary embodiment of the treatment system. -
FIGS. 15A-D are perspective views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of the delivery device. -
FIGS. 16A-B are cross-sectional views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of the treatment system. -
FIG. 16C is a perspective view depicting the embodiment described with respect toFIGS. 16A-B during delivery. -
FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view depicting an exemplary embodiment of the delivery device taken along line 17-17 ofFIG. 14A . -
FIG. 18A is a cross-sectional view of an exemplary embodiment of a needle member. -
FIGS. 18B-C are cross-sectional views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of a delivery device. -
FIGS. 19A-B are cross-sectional views depicting exemplary embodiments of a delivery device and an implantable treatment device. -
FIGS. 20A-B are schematic views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of a delivery device and an implantable treatment device. -
FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view depicting another exemplary embodiment of a delivery device taken along lines 21-21 ofFIG. 14A . -
FIG. 22 is a block diagram depicting an exemplary embodiment of a stabilization device. -
FIGS. 23A-C are cross-sectional views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of a stabilization device. -
FIGS. 24A-B are perspective views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of a stabilization device. -
FIGS. 25A-D are cross-sectional views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of a stabilization device. -
FIGS. 26A-C are cross-sectional views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of a stabilization device. -
FIG. 27A is a perspective view depicting an additional exemplary embodiment of a stabilization device. -
FIG. 27B is a cross-sectional view depicting another exemplary embodiment of a stabilization device. -
FIGS. 28A-C are cross-sectional views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of a centering device. -
FIG. 28D is a schematic view depicting another exemplary embodiment of a centering device within a septal wall. -
FIGS. 29A-C , 30 and 31 are schematic views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of a centering device. -
FIGS. 32A-B are cross-sectional views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of a centering device. -
FIG. 32C is a cross-sectional view depicting another exemplary embodiment of a centering device with an exemplary embodiment of a stabilization device. -
FIG. 32D is a schematic view depicting another exemplary embodiment of a centering device with an exemplary embodiment of a stabilization device. -
FIG. 33A is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of an exemplary embodiment of a treatment system. -
FIG. 33B is a radial cross-sectional view of another exemplary embodiment of a treatment system taken alongline 33B-33B ofFIG. 33A . -
FIG. 34A is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of an exemplary embodiment of a treatment system. -
FIG. 34B is a radial cross-sectional view of another exemplary embodiment of a treatment system taken alongline 34B-34B ofFIG. 34A . -
FIG. 34C is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of another exemplary embodiment of a treatment system taken alongline 34C-34C ofFIG. 34A . -
FIG. 35A is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of an exemplary embodiment of a treatment system. -
FIG. 35B is a radial cross-sectional view of another exemplary embodiment of a treatment system taken alongline 35B-35B ofFIG. 35A . -
FIG. 36A is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of an exemplary embodiment of a treatment system. -
FIG. 36B is a radial cross-sectional view of another exemplary embodiment of a treatment system taken alongline 36B-36B ofFIG. 36A . -
FIG. 37A is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of an exemplary embodiment of a treatment system. -
FIG. 37B is a radial cross-sectional view of an exemplary embodiment of a treatment system taken alongline 37B-37B ofFIG. 37A . -
FIGS. 38A-E are cross-sectional views of a septal wall depicting exemplary embodiments of the implantable treatment device. -
FIGS. 39A-B are flow diagrams depicting an example of a method of treating a septal defect. -
FIG. 40 is a flow diagram depicting another exemplary method of treating a septal defect. - Described herein are improved devices and methods for treating septal defects. For ease of discussion, the devices and methods will be described with reference to treatment of a PFO. However, it should be understood that the devices and methods can be used in treatment of any type of septal defect including ASD's, VSD's and the like, as well as PDA's or other structural cardiac or vascular defects.
-
FIG. 1 is a block diagram depicting a distal portion of an exemplary embodiment of a septaldefect treatment system 100 configured to treat, and, preferably close, a PFO. In this embodiment,treatment system 100 includes anelongate body member 101 configured for insertion into the vasculature of a patient (human or animal) having a septal defect.Body member 101 has alongitudinal axis 107,distal end 112 and can include one ormore lumens 102, each of which can be configured for achieving multiple functions. Preferably,treatment system 100 includes an implantable device 103 (referred to herein as an “implant”) configured to at least partially close a septal defect.Treatment system 100 can include a flexibleelongate delivery device 104 configured to house and deliverimplant 103. To minimize the width ofbody member 101,implant 103 can be deformable from the configuration desired after implantation to a configuration having a smaller cross-section for storage and housing withindelivery device 104 prior to implantation. -
Treatment system 100 can also optionally include astabilization device 105 for stabilization ofbody member 101 during delivery ofimplant 103 and a centeringdevice 106 for facilitating the centering or the otherwise desired positioning ofimplant 103 for delivery. Although shown here as four separate components, any combination ofbody member 101,delivery device 104,stabilization device 105 and centeringdevice 106 can be integrated together to reduce the number of components to three, two or one total components intreatment system 100. - To better understand the many alternative embodiments of
treatment system 100, the anatomical structure of an example human heart having a PFO will be described in brief.FIG. 2A is an exterior/interior view depicting an examplehuman heart 200 with a portion of theinferior vena cava 202 and thesuperior vena cava 203 connected thereto.Outer tissue surface 204 ofheart 200 is shown along with the interior ofright atrium 205 viacutaway portion 201. Depicted withinright atrium 205 isseptal wall 207, which is placed betweenright atrium 205 and the left atrium located on the opposite side (not shown). Also depicted isfossa ovalis 208, which is a region ofseptal wall 207 where the tissue is relatively thinner than the surrounding tissue.PFO region 209 is located near the upper portion beyond thefossa ovalis 208. -
FIG. 2B is an enlarged view ofseptal wall 207 depictingPFO region 209 in more detail as viewed fromright atrium 205.PFO region 209 includesseptum secundum 210, which is a first flap-like portion ofseptal wall 207. The edge of this flap abovefossa ovalis 208 is referred to as thelimbus 211.FIG. 2C is also an enlarged perspective view ofseptal wall 207, instead depictingseptal wall 207 as viewed fromleft atrium 212. Here,PFO region 209 is seen to includeseptum primum 214, which is a second flap-like portion ofseptal wall 207.Septum primum 214 andseptum secundum 210 partially overlap each other and define a tunnel-like opening 215 between sidewalls 219 (indicated as dashed lines inFIGS. 2B-C ) that can allow blood to shunt betweenright atrium 205 andleft atrium 212 and is commonly referred to as a PFO. -
FIG. 2D is a cross-sectional view depicting anexample PFO region 209 taken alongline 2D-2D ofFIGS. 2B-C . Here, it can be seen thatseptum secundum 210 is thicker thanseptum primum 214. Typically, the blood pressure withinleft atrium 212 is higher than that withinright atrium 205 andtunnel 215 remains sealed. However, under some circumstances a valsalva condition can occur where the blood pressure withinright atrium 205 becomes higher than the blood pressure withinleft atrium 212 and blood shunts fromright atrium 205 toleft atrium 212. Because most typical shunts occur in this manner and for purposes of facilitating the discussion herein,region 217 inFIG. 2D will be referred to asPFO entrance 217, andregion 218 will be referred to asPFO exit 218. - Many different variations of PFO's can occur. For instance,
thickness 220 ofseptum primum 214,thickness 221 ofseptum secundum 210,overlap distance 222 and the flexibility and distensibility of both septum primum 214 andseptum secundum 210 can all vary. InFIGS. 2B-C ,PFO entrance 217 andPFO exit 218 are depicted as being relatively the same size with the width oftunnel 215, or the distance betweensidewalls 219, remaining relatively constant. However, in somecases PFO entrance 217 can be larger thanPFO exit 218, resulting in antunnel 215 that converges as blood passes through. Conversely,PFO entrance 217 can be smaller thanPFO exit 218, resulting in an opening that diverges as blood passes through. Furthermore, multiple PFO exits 218 can be present, with one or moreindividual tunnels 215 therebetween. Also, inFIGS. 2B-D , both septum primum 214 andseptum secundum 210 are depicted as relatively planar tissue flaps, but in some cases one or both ofseptum primum 214 andseptum secundum 210 can have folded, non-planar, highly irregular shapes. - As will be described in more detail below, treatment of a PFO preferably includes inserting
treatment system 100 into the vasculature of a patient and advancingbody member 101 through the vasculature toinferior vena cava 202, from which access toright atrium 205 can be obtained. Once properly positioned withinright atrium 205,delivery device 104 can be used to deliverimplant 103 toPFO region 209, preferably by insertingimplant 103 throughseptum secundum 210 andprimum 214 such thatimplant 103 lies transverse totunnel 215 and can at least partiallyclose tunnel 215. -
FIG. 3 is a block diagram depicting one exemplary embodiment ofimplant 103.Implant 103 can be configured in an almost limitless number of different ways, as this block diagram shows. Here,implant 103 includes afirst end portion 301, asecond end portion 302 and acentral portion 303 preferably coupled therebetween. First and second end portions 301-302 are each preferably configured to engage opposing surfaces ofseptal wall 207.First end portion 301 can be configured to engage the surface ofseptal wall 207 on the right atrium (RA) side, while second end portion can be configured to engage the surface ofseptal wall 207 on the left atrium (LA) side. Although end portions 301-302 can be placed anywhere withinheart 200 as desired, in order to facilitate the description ofimplant 103 herein,first end portion 301 will be referred to asRA portion 301 and second end portion will be referred to asLA portion 302. -
Central portion 303 is preferably configured to fit within a manmade or surgically created opening in eitherseptum primum 214,septum secundum 210 or both.Central portion 303 is also preferably configured to apply a force adequate to bring end portions 301-302 towards one another when implanted, to be implantable intoseptal walls 207 of varying thickness and to fit withinelongate body member 101, the diameter of which is preferably minimized for ease of insertion within the patient's vasculature. -
Implant 103 can be configured in any manner desired to fit the needs of the application.Implant 103 can have any size and shape and can include additional portions not shown inFIG. 3 to achieve a different set of functions.Implant 103 can also be fabricated in any desired manner and from any materials suitable for implantation within the patient including, but not limited to, elastic materials, superelastic materials, shape-memory materials, composite materials, polymeric materials, coatings, drug containing materials, blends with radio-opaque materials and biodegradable materials. -
FIG. 4A is a perspective view depicting another exemplary embodiment ofimplant 103 shown in an “at rest” configuration. In this embodiment,implant 103 is configured in a coil-shaped manner with a wire-like body 304 composed of an elastic material. Wire-like body 304 can have any wire-like cross-sectional shape including, but not limited to circular, elliptical, oval, rounded, arcuate, polygonal and any combination thereof. Each portion 301-303 can be composed of one or morecoiled segments 306, with acoiled segment 306 being defined herein as a segment that is curved or otherwise shaped in any manner about one or more axes. Thus, rounded, straight, irregular and polygonal segments are all considered to be coiled. Acoiled segment 306 can be curved or otherwise shaped less than 360 degrees about the one or more axes.FIG. 4B is a perspective view depicting an exemplary embodiment of several coiledsegments 306, which could be used in any of portions 301-303. In this embodiment, eachcoiled segment 306 is coiled with a constant rate of curvature about thesame axis 309.Coiled segments 306 have approximately thesame width 310 and are stacked and separated by adistance 311, which will be referred to herein as stackingdistance 311. - Referring back to
FIG. 4A ,implant 103 has anoverall width 336.Central portion 303 includes a plurality ofcoiled segments 306 having substantially thesame width 310. Each end portion 301-302 includes a plurality of coiled segments having varied widths ordiameters 310. In this case, thewidth 310 of the outermostcoiled segment 306 is the greatest and thewidths 310 of each successivecoiled segment 306 decreases as one approaches the innermostcoiled segment 306. Each end portion 301-302 is coupled withcentral portion 303 via optional generallystraight sections 305. Generallystraight sections 305 can prevent blood from shunting between the right and left atria through openinterior region 327 of coiledcentral portion 303, by allowing the adjacent tissue to encroach upon and surroundstraight section 305. Plugs of bioabsorbable or hydrophilic material may also be provided to minimize such shunting. Generallystraight sections 305 can also prevent tissue from getting caught, or hung up, betweencentral portion 303 and RA/LA portions 301/302. Each generallystraight sections 305 is not required to be straight and, in fact, can have any non-coiled shape.Central portion 303 can be placed approximately equidistant from end portions 301-302, as depicted here, orcentral portion 303 can be placed closer to one of end portions 301-302 than the other. Generallystraight sections 305 are optional and can be included on only one side ofcentral portion 303 or omitted altogether, in which case the coiledsegments 306 ofcentral portion 303 extend directly up to acoiled segment 306 of each end portion 301-302. - The
end tips 307 ofbody 304 are preferably atraumatic so as to minimize injury to cardiac tissue. In this embodiment, endtips 307 are rounded and have a larger diameter thanbody 304.End tips 307 can also be configured as floppy tips that are curled or coiled and can be flexible or non-flexible. Also, it should be noted that any part ofimplant 103 can be modified for imaging purposes. For instance, in thisembodiment end tips 307 are radio-opaque to increase visibility ofimplant 103 during imaging. Also, endtips 307 can be configured to facilitate delivery. For instance, in oneembodiment end tips 307 can be shaped to minimize the risk of becoming caught on any portion of thedelivery device 104. In another embodiment, endtips 307 are configured to interface with thedelivery device 104 to allow manipulation ofimplant 103 before, during or after delivery. -
FIG. 4C depicts a side view of the embodiment ofimplant 303 taken alongdirection 330 ofFIG. 4A . For ease of illustration,FIG. 4C depicts only the outermostcoiled segment 306 ofRA portion 301,transition section 331 and the generallystraight section 305 located betweenRA portion 301 andcentral portion 303.Transition section 331 is an optional section ofimplant 103 that can be straight, curved or any other shape.FIG. 4D depictsRA portion 301,transition section 331 and the generallystraight section 305 located betweenRA portion 301 andcentral portion 303 as viewed fromdirection 329 ofFIG. 4C . Here, it can be seen thattransition section 331 connects to generallystraight section 305 at 90degree angle 332.Angle 332 can be varied as desired, but values ofangle 332 approaching 0 degrees or 180 degrees are less preferable due to the increased risk of RA portion 301 (or LA portion 302) being drawn intomanmade opening 315, which is described in more detail below. -
FIG. 4E is cross-sectional view depicting the exemplary embodiment ofimplant 103 depicted inFIG. 4A implanted withinheart 200 using one exemplary method of implantation. Here, anopening 315 has been surgically created in septum primum 214 andseptum secundum 210 andimplant 103 has been positioned such thatcentral portion 303 resides within theopening 315.RA portion 301 andLA portion 302 are positioned on opposite sides ofseptal wall 207 to engagesurface 320 ofseptum secundum 210 andsurface 321 ofseptum primum 214, respectively.Central portion 303 preferably exerts acontractile force 312 to bring portions 301-302 towards one another, which in turn preferably draws septum primum 214 andseptum secundum 210 together to at least partiallyclose PFO tunnel 215. Typically,portions widths 310 of coiledsegments 306 of RA and LA portions 301-302 get progressively larger from the innermost to theoutermost segment 306. If the rate of change ofwidth 310 is large enough to allowcoiled segments 306 to pass through each other, thenportions additional closure forces central portion 303 in closingPFO tunnel 215. -
LA portion 302 andRA portion 301 can each be sized in any manner desired. Preferably,LA portion 302 is configured to have relatively largercoiled segment widths 310, include relatively morecoiled segments 306 and exert a closure force over a relativelylarger area 314 thanRA portion 301. This can be for one of at least two reasons. As will be described in more detail below, preferably,LA portion 302 is deployed inPFO region 209 first and, once in contact withseptal wall 207,LA portion 302 is used to help deploy, or pull,portions delivery device 104. Also, septum primum 214 is typically thinner thanseptum secundum 210 and more likely to tear or deform to the extent thatLA portion 302 can be pulled thoughseptum primum 214. - Preferably,
implant 103 is configured to adjust toseptal walls 207 having varying degrees of thickness. Accordingly,central portion 303 preferably has a compressibility sufficient to apply aclosure force 312 to thinnerseptal walls 207 while at the same time having an expandability sufficient to accommodate thickerseptal walls 207 without excessive permanent deformation. In one exemplary embodiment, which is for purposes of illustration only and should not be used to limit the scope of the invention in any way,central portion 303 is expandable from 3 to 8 millimeters (mm) without excessive permanent deformation. - As mentioned above,
implant 103 can be deformable between a configuration suited for housing withindelivery device 104 and the implanted configuration depicted inFIG. 4E .FIG. 4F is a cross-sectional view of an exemplary embodiment oftreatment system 100 depictingdelivery device 104 having aninner lumen 402 withimplant 103 housed therein.Implant 103 is preferably housed withinlumen 402 untilbody member 101 is advanced within the patient into the desired position withinheart 200 for implantation, at whichtime implant 103 is delivered toPFO region 209 through opendistal end 403. Here,implant 103 is deformed from the at rest, i.e., unbiased, configuration depicted inFIG. 4A into a generally straight configuration where coiled portions 301-303 are mostly unwound into a relatively straight state. This housed configuration significantly reduces theoverall anchor width 336 ofimplant 103 and allows the size ofdelivery device 104 and, in turn,body member 101 to be minimized. -
FIG. 4G is a cross-sectional view of another exemplary embodiment oftreatment system 100 depictingdelivery device 104 withimplant 103 in the housed configuration. Here,central portion 303 ofimplant 103 remains coiled in a state similar to the resting state ofFIG. 4A , while RA/LA portions 301/302 are partially unwound into a relatively straight state from the coiled rest state. Preferably,coiled segments 306 ofcentral portion 303 generally havesmaller widths 310 than most of the coiledsegments 306 of RA/LA portions 301/302.Coiled segments 306 having a smaller width, i.e., more tightly wound coils, can be permanently deformed more easily when unwound and, therefore, by maintainingcentral portion 303 in the coiled state, the risk of permanent deformation tocentral portion 303 is reduced.Implant 103 can be deformed in any manner when housed withindelivery device 104. For coil-like embodiments ofimplant 103, this can include deforming any or all ofcoiled segments 306, to any degree, in any portion 301-303. - To facilitate the deformation of
implant 103 between the housed configuration and the implanted configuration depicted inFIG. 4E ,implant 103 is preferably composed of an elastic material. Preferably,body 304 is composed of a titanium-nickel alloy such as NITINOL, although any elastic material can be used, including polymers, rubber-like materials, stainless steel, other metal alloys and the like. As one of skill in the art will recognize, the amount of closure force 312-314, the degree of allowable deformation and the like will depend, in part, on the type of material used to formbody 304. -
FIGS. 5A-E are perspective views depicting additional exemplary embodiments ofcentral portion 303 ofimplant 103. Each of these embodiments can be used with anyRA portion 301 andLA portion 302. InFIG. 5A ,central portion 303 includes a plurality ofcoiled segments 306 where the stackingdistance 311 between eachsegment 306 is relatively greater than the embodiment ofcentral portion 303 depicted inFIG. 5B . Generally, a smaller stackingdistance 311 will provide agreater closure force 312, if all other implant parameters remain the same. Any stackingdistance 311 can be used incentral portion 303 as desired, including configurations where there is no gap between eachcoiled segment 306, i.e., eachcoiled segment 306 lies flush with any adjacentcoiled segment 306. Use of a larger stackingdistance 311 that provides for gaps between adjacentcoiled segments 306 allows the adjacent septal tissue to grow into the openinterior region 327 of the coiledcentral portion 303, which can provide positional stability to the device and reduce any risk of blood shunting throughopen region 327. - In
FIG. 5C ,central portion 303 includes a combination of coiledsections 324 and generallystraight sections 305. It should be noted thatcentral portion 303 can include any number of one or morecoiled sections 324 in any combination with any number of one or more generallystraight sections 305. As can be seen here, eachcoiled section 324 can be configured differently from any othercoiled section 324, i.e., each coiled portion can include a different number ofcoiled segments 306, with different stackingdistances 311 anddifferent widths 310, etc. -
FIG. 5D depicts another exemplary embodiment where blockingmaterial 326 has been coupled withcoil body 304. Blockingmaterial 326 preferably reduces any risk of blood shunting through the interior ofcoiled segments 306, either by blocking blood flow directly or by facilitating the formation of blood clots within openinterior region 327. In one exemplary embodiment, blockingmaterial 326 can include multiple DACRON fibers adhesively or mechanically coupled to the outer surface ofbody 304. In another exemplary embodiment, a polymer or metal plug is placed in openinterior region 327 to prevent blood flow. As one of skill in the art will readily recognize, any type of plug, device, material or coating can be used and attached tobody 304 in any manner, the numerous combinations of which will not be listed here. -
Central portion 303 is not required to include acoiled section 324 and can, in fact, be only a generallystraight section 305. Furthermore,central portion 304 is not required to be formed from a wire-like body 304 and can be configured in any manner desired as depicted in the block diagram ofFIG. 3 . For instance,central portion 303 can be formed from an elastomeric or rubber-like stretchable member, as depicted inFIG. 5E . - Referring in more detail to
RA portion 301 andLA portion 302,FIGS. 6A-I are perspective views depicting multiple embodiments exemplary of eitherRA portion 301 orLA portion 302. Any of the RA/LA portions 301/302 depicted here can be used with any embodiment ofcentral portion 303 described with respect toFIGS. 5A-E . For instance, an exemplary embodiment ofimplant 103 can haveRA portion 301 configured in a manner similar to that described with respect toFIG. 6A ,central portion 303 configured in a manner similar to that described with respect toFIG. 5A , andLA portion 302 configured in a manner similar to that described with respect toFIG. 6B . - In
FIG. 4A , RA/LA portions 301/302 include multiple stackedcoiled segments 306 having gradually decreasingwidths 310 from the outermost to the innermost segment 306 (outermost being used to reference thesegments 306 on the far left and right ofFIG. 4A ). InFIG. 6A , RA/LA portions 301/302 include multiple coiledsegments 306 having gradually increasingwidths 310 from the outermost to theinnermost segment 306. The embodiment of portions 301-302 described with respect toFIG. 4A can be less susceptible to enteringopening 315, due to the presence of a relatively largercoiled segment 306 coupled withtransition region 305. - In both
FIGS. 4A and 6A ,coiled segments 306 of RA/LA portions 301/302 are stacked in an inwards manner, i.e., theoutermost segment 306 is coupled withcentral portion 303 or generallystraight section 305, if present (as shown here) and RA/LA portion 301/302 overlapscentral portion 303. InFIGS. 6B-C , RA/LA portions 301/302 include multiple coiledsegments 306 stacked in an outwards manner, i.e., theinnermost segment 306 is coupled withcentral portion 303 or generallystraight section 305, if present (as shown here). Generally, stackingsegments 306 in an inwards manner will provide greater closure forces than stacking in an outwards manner. InFIG. 6B , RA/LA portions 301/302 include multiple coiledsegments 306 having gradually increasingwidths 310 from the outermost to theinnermost segment 306, while inFIG. 6C , RA/LA portions 301/302 include multiple coiledsegments 306 having gradually decreasingwidths 310 from the outermost to theinnermost segment 306. - In
FIG. 6D , RA/LA portions 301/302 are tightly stacked with aconstant width 310 such that no gap exists between adjacentcoiled segments 306. This embodiment of RA/LA portions 301/302 exhibits a high resistance to the potential for being pulled intoopening 315. - RA/
LA portions 301/302 are not required to be implemented in a stacked configuration. For instance, inFIGS. 6E-F , RA/LA portions 301/302 each include multiple coiledsegments 306 having varyingwidths 310 arranged in a generally co-planar fashion, i.e., for allsegments 306 the stackingdistance 311 is close to or equal to zero. InFIG. 6E , the smallestcoiled segment 306 is coupled with generallystraight section 305, while inFIG. 6F , the largestcoiled segment 306 is coupled with generallystraight section 305. To lessen the risk of RA/LA portions 301/302 being pulled intoopening 315 in the embodiment depicted inFIG. 6F ,transition section 331 is preferably positioned on the outside ofcoiled segments 306 such that, when implanted, coiledsegments 306 are located betweentransition section 331 andseptal wall 207. - In the embodiments discussed above, the radius of curvature of the coiled
segments 306, present in either RA/LA portions 301/302 orcentral portion 303, is generally constant or varies at a constant rate, resulting in a circular, spiral or helical appearance when viewed from the side (e.g.,direction 330 ofFIG. 4A ). It should be understood that the radius of curvature can vary at any rate, abruptly or gradual, allowing coiledsegments 306 to take any shape or form desired, whether in RA/LA portions 301/302 orcentral portion 303. For instance,FIGS. 6G-H are schematic views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of RA/LA portions 301/302 as viewed from the side.FIG. 6G depicts RA/LA portion 301/302 having an elliptical D shape. Here, RA/LA portion 301/302 has anelliptical portion 334 and a generallystraight portion 335, which can be placed adjacent to fossa ovalis 208 to lessen the extent to which RA/LA portion 301/302overlaps fossa ovalis 208 and minimize the risk of piercing or rupturingfossa ovalis 208.FIG. 6G depicts another exemplary embodiment of RA/LA portion 301/302 having a generally pentagonal shape. - RA/
LA portions 301/302 are not required to includecoiled segments 306 and are not required to be formed from a wire-like body 304. As mentioned above, RA/LA portions 301/302 can be configured in any manner desired as depicted in the block diagram ofFIG. 3 . For instance, RA/LA portions 301/302 can be formed from an elastomeric or rubber-like membrane 328 in an umbrella-like fashion, or a sheet-like fashion as depicted in the exemplary embodiment ofFIG. 6I . -
FIG. 7A-C are perspective views depicting additional exemplary embodiments ofimplant 103 having a ribbon-like body 304. Ribbon-like bodies 304 can have a generally polygonal cross-section and can be differentiated from the wire-like bodies 304 depicted inFIGS. 4A-5E , which can have generally circular, rounded etc. cross-sections as described above.FIG. 7A is an embodiment ofimplant 103 having a ribbon-like body 304 configured similar to that of the embodiment depicted inFIG. 4A . Generally, any of the embodiments described with respect to wire-like bodies 304 can also be implemented with ribbon-like bodies 304. Ribbon-like bodies 304 can have any ribbon-like cross-sectional shape desired.FIGS. 7B-C are cross-sectional views depicting ribbon-like body 304 having generally polygonal shapes.FIG. 7B is a cross-sectional view depicting ribbon-like body 304 having a generally tapered trapezoidal shape.FIG. 7C is a cross-sectional view depicting ribbon-like body 304 having a generally rectangular shape with rounded corners. - In addition to other parameters, the thickness of
implant body 304 can vary as desired. For instance,FIG. 8 is a perspective view depicting another exemplary embodiment ofimplant 103 having a wire-like body 304 with varying thicknesses. Here, it can be seen that generallystraight section 305 is relatively thicker than the coiledsegments 306 ofcentral portion 303, whileinterface 333 between generallystraight sections 305 andtransition sections 331 is relatively thicker still. Relatively thicker regions ofbody 304, whether formed from a wire, ribbon or other structure, generally have greater strength and less flexibility than relatively thinner regions ofbody 304. Thus, relatively thicker regions can be used to add strength while relatively thinner regions can be used where added flexibility is desired. - Like the thickness, the surface of
body 304 can also be varied as desired. The surface can be modified directly or through etching, grinding, additional coatings or add-ons, which are applied to theunderlying body 304. The surface can be modified for any purpose including, but not limited to increasing surface friction with tissue, increasing the ability to engage tissue, allowing tissue in-growth, promoting healing, promoting scarring, promoting thrombogencity, preventing blood passage or shunting around or throughimplant 103, minimizing thrombus formation, promoting anti-coagulation (e.g., with drugs such as heparin and the like), modifying imaging characteristics (e.g., radio-opacity and the like) and decreasing body surface friction (e.g., with a hydrophilic coating and the like). -
FIGS. 9A-C are perspective views depicting just several additional exemplary embodiments ofimplant 103 having a modifiedsurface region 340. The surface ofimplant 103 can be modified in any location and in any manner desired, including, but not limited to, etching, grinding, coating, drilling, and cutting. For instance,FIGS. 9A-C depict the innermostcoiled segment 306 of exemplary embodiments of RA/LA portion 301/302. InFIG. 9A , wire-like body 304 has been etched or otherwise treated such that modifiedsurface region 340 is a textured surface includingmultiple recesses 341 for increasing surface friction and allowingcoiled segment 306 to more easily graspseptal wall 207. It should be noted that any surface texture pattern can be used. InFIG. 9B , a coating has been applied to ribbon-like body 304 to create anabrasive surface region 340, also to increase surface friction. InFIG. 9C ,apertures 342 in ribbon-like body 304 are present to facilitate tissue in-growth on and around modifiedsurface region 340. Also, in this embodiment the orientation of ribbon-like body 340 has been rotated 90 degrees so that the widest surface is adjacent to the septal tissue. - As stated above,
implant 103 can be configured in any manner desired in accordance with the needs of the application. The following is a non-exhaustive list of just some exemplary factors one of skill in the art may consider in designing, configuring, manufacturing and/or otherwise implementingimplant 103. -
LA portion 302 can be configured to usecompressive force 312 fromcenter portion 303 to hold septum primum 214 againstseptum secundum 210 and at least partially close or sealPFO tunnel 215.LA portion 302 can also be configured to maintain a stable position ascentral portion 303 andRA portion 301 are deployed without being pulled throughseptum primum 210.LA portion 302 can be configured to lie flush againstseptum primum 214 when deployed and not to distort the native geometry oftunnel 215 to create residual shunts.LA portion 302 can be sized to provide adequate coverage overPFO tunnel 215. (In one exemplary embodiment, which is included as an example only and should not be used to limit the invention,LA portion 302 has amaximum width 310 of 1.2 centimeters to accommodate mostlarge PFO tunnels 215.)LA portion 302, in combination withcentral portion 303 andRA portion 301, can be configured to exertenough closure force 314 to sealPFO tunnel 215 and prevent shunting during normal and valsalva atrial blood pressures.LA portion 302 can also be configured: to be deployable with minimal and consistent push force (e.g., push force onpusher member 406, which will be described in more detail below); so that the shape before and after deployment is predictable; to be devoid of characteristics that cause chronic or excessive tissue irritation, inflammation, etc.; and/or for visibility during imaging procedures. -
Central portion 303 can be configured to maintainLA portion 302 andRA portion 301 in a state of contact withseptal wall 207 withenough closure force 312 to at least partially close and sealPFO tunnel 215.Central portion 303 can also be configured: with an adequate spring constant (k) to preventtunnel 215 from opening during normal and valsalva atrial blood pressures; not to distort the native geometry oftunnel 215 and create residual shunts; to be deployable with minimal and consistent push force (e.g., push force onpusher member 406, which will be described in more detail below); for visibility during imaging procedures; to expand or stretch to accommodate variable septal wall thicknesses without excessive permanent deformation; with adequate strength to withstand any motion it may experience in vivo; to allowLA portion 302 orRA portion 301 to tilt, for instance, if the area of delivery is wedge shaped; so thatcentral portion 303 does not pinch or sever any tissue that could embolize, for instance, with a spring constant low enough to prevent severing tissue; to exertadequate closure force 312 to close any residual shunts that exist; and/or with maximizedwidth 310 and minimized strains to optimize fatigue performance. -
RA portion 301 can be configured to holdseptum secundum 210 againstseptum primum 214 and at least partially close or sealPFO tunnel 215.RA portion 301 can also be configured: to lie flush againstseptum secundum 210 when deployed and not to distort the native geometry oftunnel 215 to create residual shunts; to be deployable with minimal and consistent push force (e.g., push force onpusher member 406, which will be described in more detail below); so that the shape before and after deployment is predictable; to be devoid of characteristics that cause chronic or excessive tissue irritation, inflammation, etc.; for visibility during imaging procedures; and/or to resist being pulled throughseptal wall 207. - Also provided herein are methods of
manufacturing implant 103.FIG. 10A is a flow diagram depicting oneexemplary method 350 of manufacturing an exemplary embodiment of a coil-like implant 103 havingbody 304, which can be wire, ribbon or the like, composed of NITINOL. First, at 351, a section of NITINOL, from whichbody 304 can be formed, is pre-processed. Pre-processing 351 can include adding a modifiedsurface region 340 having a desired texture, adjusting body thickness, adjusting the cross-sectional shape ofbody 304 and the like. - With a ribbon-
like implant 103, pre-processing can include etching of the NITINOL section. Methods of etching NITINOL materials are readily understood to one skilled in the art. For instance, a sheet of NITINOL is first etched or grinded or otherwise altered to vary the cross-sectional shape, thickness, surface texture and the like of one or more sections present on the sheet. Etching of the NITINOL sheet can allow for the implementation of numerous different cross-sectional shapes, thicknesses, surface textures and combinations thereof. Afterwards, each section of NITINOL can be cut from the sheet and trimmed as desired. - At 352, the NITINOL section is fixed to
body shaping device 380 in preparation for heat treatment. Heat treatment of NITINOL can instill the desired at rest configuration tobody 304 and is well known to those of skill in the art. Accordingly,body shaping device 380 is preferably shaped such that when the NITINOL section is coiled aroundbody shaping device 380, it is in the final desired at rest configuration. One exemplary embodiment ofbody shaping device 380 is depicted inFIG. 10B . Here,body shaping device 380 is shaped for the exemplary embodiment ofimplant 103 depicted inFIG. 4A .Body shaping device 380 includes a centralbody shaping portion 383 corresponding to the shape ofcentral portion 303, and two endbody shaping portions RA portion 301 andLA portion 302, respectively. Endbody shaping portions body shaping portion 383 to allow for the inwards manner of coiling of RA/LA portions 301/302 overcentral portion 303.Central portion 303 includesrecesses 384 into which the NITINOL section can be placed to form generallystraight sections 305. Endbody shaping portions recess 385 that can allow for eachtransition section 331. - Once wrapped around and fixed to
body shaping device 380, at 353, the NITINOL section is then preferably heat treated to instill the desired shape. Heat treating can occur at any time and temperature sufficient to instill the desired at rest shape and level of elasticity inimplant 103. In one embodiment, which is included as an example only and should in no way be used to limit the invention, heat treating can occur at a temperature range of 500-550 degrees Celsius for approximately five minutes. - At 354, the NITINOL section is preferably cooled, e.g., by rapid quenching in room temperature water, then at 355, the NITINOL section is preferably removed from
body shaping device 380 and endtips 307 are trimmed, if necessary, to the desired length to formbody 304. Finally, at 356, any post-processing is performed, such as the addition of radio-opaque markers, the shaping ofend tips 307 and the addition of any desired coatings or blockingmaterial 326. -
FIGS. 11A-C depict additional exemplary embodiments ofimplant 103. Specifically,FIG. 11A is a perspective view depicting an exemplary embodiment ofimplant 103 formed frommultiple bodies 304. More specifically, fromcentral portion 303 toRA portion 301 andLA portion 302,body 304 splits into separate wires which are then configured as shapedportions portions portions implant 103 does not havediscrete end tips 307. Polygonal shapedportions coiled segments 306 and are deformable between a housed configuration and an “at rest” deployed configuration as shown here inFIG. 11A .FIG. 11B depictsRA portion 301 in the housed configuration.FIG. 11C depicts another exemplary embodiment whereportions portion portion atraumatic end tip 307. It should be noted thatbody 304 can split into any number of separate portions having any number of configurations. Also, although not shown,implant 103 can include any number ofseparate bodies 304. - Turning now to the devices and methods for delivering
implant 103,FIG. 12 depicts another exemplary embodiment oftreatment system 100 withinheart 200.Implant 103 is preferably delivered fromright atrium 205, although delivery fromleft atrium 212 is also possible.Right atrium 205 is preferably accessed viainferior vena cava 202. In this embodiment,implant 103 is delivered from withindelivery device 104. To facilitate delivery in this manner,longitudinal axis 108 ofdelivery device 104 is preferably substantially parallel, i.e., at least close to parallel but not necessarily parallel, to thenormal axis 109 of the surface ofseptal wall 207 into which implant 103 is to be delivered. However, as shown inFIG. 12 ,longitudinal axis 108 ofdelivery device 104 is close to perpendicular to this normal axis 109 (shown here extending into the page). To accommodate for this,treatment system 100 is preferably configured for off-axis delivery, which allows the orientation ofdelivery device 104 to be changed so that thelongitudinal axis 108 ofdelivery device 104 is transverse to the longitudinal axis 107 (not shown) ofbody member 101. -
FIG. 13 is a block diagram depicting one exemplary embodiment ofdelivery device 104 configured for off-axis delivery. Here,delivery device 104 includes an off-axis (OA)delivery member 401.Delivery device 104 is preferably configured to grasp or engage cardiac tissue to support and/or facilitate orientation ofdelivery member 401. Accordingly, an optionaltissue engagement device 404 is included withindelivery device 104.Delivery device 104 can also include aneedle member 405 for puncturingseptal wall 207 and apusher member 406 for pushingimplant 103 from withindelivery device 104. -
FIG. 14A is a perspective view depicting another exemplary embodiment oftreatment system 100, includingbody member 101,delivery device 104 andstabilization device 105. Here,OA delivery member 401 is an elongate flexible tubular member having opendistal end 410.Inner lumen 102 ofbody member 101 is preferably configured to slidably receiveOA delivery member 401, such thatOA delivery member 401 can be advanced both proximally and distally.Distal end 410 ofOA delivery member 401 is coupled with anelongate support structure 411 ofbody member 101 via optional graspingdevice 404. In this embodiment, graspingdevice 404 includes anarm member 409 coupled withsupport structure 411 andOA delivery member 401 withhinges element 413 can also be optionally included, to apply a bias force to maintainarm member 409 in the position shown here.Stabilization device 105 is also an elongate member preferably placed in a location to opposearm member 401. -
FIG. 14B is a cross-sectional view depicting another exemplary embodiment ofOA delivery member 401 with embodiments ofneedle member 405,pusher member 406 andimplant 103 located withinlumen 414.Needle member 405 has an opendistal end 415 and aninner lumen 414 in whichpusher member 406 andimplant 103 are slidably received and housed. In this embodiment,implant 103 is deformed to the housed configuration where RA/LA portions 301/302 are relatively straightened butcentral portion 303 remains in the coiled at rest configuration. As will be discussed in more detail below, delivery ofimplant 103 is accomplished by first orientingdelivery device 104 in the desired orientation transverse tolongitudinal axis 107 such thatdistal end 410 is in proximity withseptal wall 207, then advancingneedle member 405 throughseptal wall 207 to createopening 315. Afterneedle member 405 has advanced throughseptal wall 207 intoleft atrium 212,pusher member 406 is advanced distally to pushLA portion 302 ofimplant 103 from withinlumen 414. OnceLA portion 302 is outsidelumen 414,LA portion 302 returns to the coiled at rest configuration.Needle member 405 can then be retracted proximally such thatLA portion 302 engagesseptal wall 207 and remains inleft atrium 212. Asneedle member 405 is refracted throughseptal wall 207,central portion 303 deploys withinopening 315. Onceneedle member 405 is retracted back intolumen 402,OA delivery member 401 can be refracted fromseptal wall 207, for instance by pullingbody member 101 proximally back, thereby allowingRA portion 301 to deploy and engageseptal wall 207 in a coiled configuration. -
FIGS. 14C-F are perspective views depicting a portion ofseptal wall 207 and an additional exemplary embodiment oftreatment system 100 during use ofdelivery device 104 prior to insertion ofneedle member 405. Here, the preferred location for insertion ofneedle member 405 is indicated bylocation 419.FIG. 14C depictstreatment system 100 withdelivery device 401 in the on-axis position, where the longitudinal axes 107-108 are generally or substantially parallel.Stabilization device 105, the use and structure of which will be described in more detail below, is shown positioned withinPFO tunnel 215. InFIG. 14D ,OA delivery member 401 has been retracted proximally with respect tobody member 101 and in opposition tobias member 413, causingdistal end 410 to move away fromstabilization device 105 by way ofarm member 409 and hinges 407-408. InFIG. 14E ,treatment system 100 is advanced distally indirection 416 until theunderside surface 417 ofarm member 409 abutslimbus 211, at which pointOA delivery member 401 can be advanced distally with respect tobody member 101 to forcearm member 409 back towardsstabilization device 105 to clamp, or grasplimbus 211 betweenarm member 409 andstabilization device 105, which is preferably in a substantially fixed position with respect toarm member 409. By graspinglimbus 211 in this manner, treatment system is effectively anchored toseptal wall 207. - In
FIG. 14F ,OA delivery member 401 is further advanced distally with respect tobody member 101, which causes OA delivery member to deflect, or arc outwards, in order to rotatedistal end 410 abouthinge 408 into the desired orientation with respect toseptal wall 207.Distal end 410 is now preferably in contact withseptal wall 207 at the desiredneedle insertion location 419. As shown here,OA delivery member 401 is in an outwardly arced state. The degree to whichOA delivery member 401 arcs outwards can be adjusted by altering the length ofOA delivery member 401 present outside ofbody member 101. Becauseneedle member 405,pusher member 406 andimplant 103 all preferably move withinOA delivery member 401, the radius of curvature of the arc is preferably kept large enough to allow movement withinOA delivery member 401. A very large radius of curvature can result in sharp angles or kinking inOA delivery member 401 that can make movement difficult. - As shown in
FIG. 14F ,longitudinal axis 108, as measured atdistal end 410, is now transverse tolongitudinal axis 107. Preferably, thedelivery angle 418, which is the angle betweenlongitudinal axis 107 andlongitudinal axis 108 as measured atdistal end 410, is approximately 90 degrees. Oncedistal end 410 is in the desired orientation,needle member 405 can be advanced intoseptal wall 207. - The
needle insertion location 419 can be placed in any desired location, but should be chosen based in part on the configuration and size ofimplant 103 and the degree of overlap between septum primum 214 andseptum secundum 210. For instance, in one exemplary embodiment, which is included for illustration only and in no way should be used to limit the invention,needle insertion location 419 is placed between 3 and 7 mm fromlimbus 211. The position ofneedle insertion location 419 can be determined by the length ofarm member 409, which in turn can positiondistal end 410 usinglimbus 211 as a point of reference. To allow for added flexibility, the length ofarm member 409 can be configured to be adjustable during the implantation procedure. Thus,arm member 409 is preferably configured for at least two functions: (1) to stop travel ofbody member 101 atlimbus 211 by abuttinglimbus 211 and (2) to positiondistal end 410 in the desiredneedle insertion location 419. -
FIGS. 15A-D are perspective views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of graspingdevice 404 in a pulled back position. InFIG. 15A ,arm member 409 is configured to engagelimbus 211 with acontoured undersurface 417 that accommodates the shape oflimbus 211 in order to facilitate grasping or engagement.Undersurface 417 can also be textured as desired to increase surface friction, or made lubricious to assist in friction-free centering, and, as shown here, undersurface can includeabutments 420 configured to fixablygrasp limbus 211. Also, it should be noted that any type of hinges 407-408 can be used including, but not limited to, the swivel type hinges depicted here. -
FIGS. 15B-C depict exemplary embodiments of graspingdevice 404 where hinges 407 and 408 are integrated intoarm member 409. InFIG. 15B ,arm member 409 includes twoelastic wires 421 each configured to flex athinge positions Arm member 409 is preferably biased towards a downwards position, which can allow elimination of anyadditional biasing element 413. InFIG. 15C ,arm member 409 is configured to be both flexible and stretchable and can be composed of an elastomeric or rubber-like material or thin or slotted metal or polymeric material with the appropriate modulus. This flexibility and stretchability facilitates the conformance ofarm member 409 tolimbus 211. Here,arm member 409 includestubular portions coupling arm member 409 withOA delivery member 401 andsupport structure 411, respectively. -
FIG. 15D is a perspective view depicting yet another exemplary embodiment of graspingdevice 404. Here,arm member 409 again includes twoflexible wires OA delivery member 401. Like the embodiment described with respect toFIG. 15B , hinges 407 and 408 can be integrated intowires FIG. 15D ,wires aperture 499 into alumen 102 withinbody member 101 and to the proximal end ofbody member 101, where they can be independently adjusted to control, or steer,OA delivery member 401. For instance, distal movement of bothwires distal end 410 ofOA delivery member 401 indirection 495 and proximal movement of bothwires distal end 410 ofOA delivery member 401 indirection 496, asOA delivery member 401 permits. Distal advancement ofwire 425 with respect towire 426, alone or in combination with proximal movement ofwire 426 with respect towire 425, movesdistal end 410 inlateral direction 497, while reverse movement movesdistal end 410 inlateral direction 498, asOA delivery member 401 permits. -
FIGS. 16A-B are cross-sectional views depicting additional exemplary embodiments oftreatment system 100 withdelivery device 104.FIG. 16A depicts a longitudinal cross-sectional view oftreatment system 100 andFIG. 16B depicts a radial cross-sectional view oftreatment system 100 taken alongline 16B-16B ofFIG. 16A . Here,delivery device 104 includes a steerableOA delivery member 401, which is configured to be freely steerable to positiondistal end 410 in the desired orientation atneedle insertion location 419. Accordingly,distal end 410 is preferably left unconnected with any grasping device 404 (not shown). Preferably, steerability is provided through the use of one or more pull wires 424 coupled withdistal end cap 475. In this embodiment, four pull wires 470-473 are equally spaced apart from each other withinlumen 402. This configuration allows for manipulation ofdistal end 410 to any three-dimensional (X, Y, Z) orientation. For instance, pullingwire 470 back proximally with respect to wires 471-473, or pullingwire 472 back proximally with respect to wires 470-471 and 473 allows movement ofdistal end 410 in the X-Z plane. Pullingwire 471 back proximally with respect towires 470 and 472-473, or pullingwire 473 back proximally with respect to wires 470-472 allows movement ofdistal end 410 in the Y-Z plane. -
FIG. 16C is a perspective view depicting the embodiment described with respect toFIGS. 16A-B during delivery. Here,distal end 410 has been oriented in itsneedle insertion location 419 andlongitudinal axis 108 lies within both the X-Z and Y-Z planes. The degree of steerability can be altered as desired for each individual application. For instance, the inclusion of additional pull back wires can provide for more finely controllable steerability, while the deletion of any of pull wires 470-473 can eliminate freedom of steerability, but can simplify the overall design ofdevice 104. The design and use of steerable devices is also discussed in parent U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/847,747, filed on May 7, 2004. - As mentioned above,
OA delivery member 401 is preferably configured to allow slidable movement ofneedle member 405,pusher member 406 andimplant 103 withininner lumen 402. Preferably,OA delivery member 401 is configured so as to maintain a sufficient degree of structural integrity and kink resistance, while at the same time providing adequate torque or twist control. In one exemplary embodiment,OA delivery member 401 is composed of a flexible braided metal reinforced polymeric tube configured to provide the desired amount of kink resistance and torque control. In other exemplary embodiments,OA delivery member 401 can be composed of a braided or unbraided polymeric tube. In yet another exemplary embodiment,OA delivery member 401 is composed of a metal tube having apertures located therein to provide added flexibility. For instance,OA delivery member 401 can be a NITINOL slotted tube, with the size and spacing of each slot configured for optimal flexibility, kink resistance and torque control. The apertures are preferably placed in a location corresponding to the portion ofOA delivery member 401 that extends or arcs out, while the portion ofOA delivery member 401 proximal to this can be left solid without apertures to maintain resilience inOA delivery member 401 and provide resistance to push back fromneedle member 405 as it penetratesseptal wall 207. - Furthermore,
OA delivery member 401 can be coated to provide low friction surfaces to facilitate advancement ofOA delivery member 401 withinbody member 101 and the patient's body, as well as to facilitate movement ofneedle member 405 withinlumen 402.Pusher member 406 andneedle member 405 can be coated as well. For instance,FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view depicting an exemplary embodiment ofOA delivery member 401 taken along line 17-17 ofFIG. 14A . Here,pusher member 406 includes anouter coating 480,needle member 405 includes both aninner coating 481 and anouter coating 482 andOA delivery member 401 includes both aninner coating 483 and anouter coating 484. Coatings 480-484 can be implemented for any purpose desired. For instance, in one embodiment, coatings 480-484 are composed of any material used to lower surface friction, including, but not limited to polymers such as polyethylene (PE), polytetrafluoroethylene, fluorinated ethylene/propylene copolymers, silicones, hydrogels, hydrophilic coatings or polyurethane (PU) and the like. Preferably, a high density PE material is used that is thin enough to provide the desired degree of flexibility while at the same time providing a low friction surface. - Like
OA delivery member 401,needle member 405 andpusher member 406 are also preferably flexible elongate members.FIG. 18A is a cross-sectional view of an exemplary embodiment ofneedle member 405.Distal end 415 ofneedle member 405 is preferably substantially sharp enough to penetrate the desired portion ofseptal wall 207. In this embodiment,distal end 415 is tapered similar to a conventional needle. Also,needle member 405 is preferably flexible enough to move withinOA delivery member 401 when deflected for off-axis delivery. - For instance,
needle member 405 can include one or more openings, orapertures 436, to increase flexibility. Here,needle member 405 includesmultiple apertures 436 in various arrangements.Needle member 405 can be fabricated from any desired material including, but not limited to, NITINOL and stainless steel, andapertures 436 can be formed in any manner including, but not limited to, molding, milling, grinding, laser cutting, EDM, chemical etching, punching and drilling. The design and use of flexible needles is also discussed in parent U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/847,747, filed on May 7, 2004. - A
first region 437 ofneedle member 405 includesapertures 436 located at various intervals around the circumference ofneedle member 405. Asecond region 438, located distal to thefirst region 437, includesapertures 436 on the lower portion ofneedle member 405.FIG. 18B is a cross-sectional view depicting an exemplary embodiment ofneedle member 405 in a deflected state within an exemplary embodiment ofOA delivery member 401. Becauseapertures 436 inregion 437 are located around the circumference ofneedle member 405,region 437 is relatively more flexible thanregion 438. Inregion 438, placement ofapertures 436 on the lower surface, reduces the possibility thatimplant 103 will catch or snag anaperture 436 during advancement ofneedle member 405 fromOA delivery member 401. In addition,distal tip 439 ofneedle member 405 is also preferably aligned on the lower portion ofneedle member 405 to reduce the possibility thatdistal tip 439 will impact, catch, snag, or damageOA delivery member 401. -
Treatment system 100 can be configured to apply a suction-type force to any surface ofseptal wall 207 to allowneedle member 405 to more easily penetrate the septal tissue without excessive “tenting” ofseptal wall 207 in response to the pressure applied byneedle member 405. For instance, the proximal end ofOA delivery member 401 can be coupled with a vacuum or pressure adjustment device configured to lower the air or fluid pressure withinOA delivery member 401. The pressure is preferably lowered to a degree sufficient to create a suction-type force betweenOA delivery member 401 andseptal wall 207 thereby keepingseptal wall 207 in contact or in proximity withOA delivery member 401 whileneedle member 405 is advanced intoseptal wall 207. Also, the suction-type force can be applied throughneedle member 405 instead of, or in addition toOA delivery member 401. -
Treatment system 100 preferably includes one or more sensors to facilitate determination of whenneedle member 405 has enteredleft atrium 212. For instance, in one exemplary embodiment,needle member 405 includes a sensor at or neardistal end 415. The sensor can be any type of applicable sensor, such as a pressure sensor, thermal sensor, imaging device, acoustic device and the like. In one exemplary embodiment, a pressure sensor is included that is configured to sense the blood pressure change betweenright atrium 205 andleft atrium 212. The pressure sensor can be any type of pressure sensor including, but not limited to, an electrical sensor and a fluid feedback sensor such as a lumen withinneedle member 405 having an open distal end in fluid communication with the exterior environment. In an alternative exemplary embodiment,distal end 415 ofneedle member 405 is configured to be visible by an external or internal imaging device, which can then be used to track the position ofdistal end 415 with respect toseptal wall 207. -
FIG. 18C is a cross-sectional view of another exemplary embodiment ofdelivery device 104. Here,distal end 440 ofpusher member 406 is configured to push againstcentral portion 303 ofimplant 103 as opposed to endtip 307 ofRA portion 301. This reduces the likelihood thatRA portion 301 will coil when pushed withinlumen 414, which could result in bunching ofimplant 103 withinlumen 414 making delivery more difficult. Becausedistal end 440 ofpusher member 406 is located distal toRA portion 301,pusher member 406 includes a relativelythinner portion 441 that can provide additional room forRA portion 301 withinlumen 414 as well as provide added flexibility topusher member 406. Relativelythinner portion 441 is relatively thinner thandistal end 440, which is preferably thick enough to adequately engagecentral portion 303.Distal end 440 can include arecess 442 to provide enough room forRA portion 301. Recess 442 can also be used to help position implant 103 during delivery. For instance, rotation ofpusher member 406 can causeimplant 103 to rotate ifimplant 103 is still routed throughrecess 442. This can allow the proper rotational orientation ofimplant 103 before or during delivery intoseptal wall 207.Distal end surface 443 can be configured in any manner desired to facilitate proper contact and engagement ofimplant 103. - For instance,
FIGS. 19A-B are cross-sectional views depicting exemplary embodiments ofpusher member 406 andimplant 103. InFIG. 19A ,distal end surface 443 is contoured with a rounded recessed portion 444 into which a coiledcentral portion 303 can rest and anelevated portion 445 configured to fit within openinterior region 327. As one of skill in the art will readily recognize, the contours ofdistal end surface 443 are dependent on the type and housed configuration ofimplant 103, as well as the desired point of contact onimplant 103. InFIG. 19B ,distal end surface 443 is contoured with a narrow recessedportion 446 into whichend tip 307 ofRA portion 301 can rest. -
Pusher member 406 can also be configured to releasably couple withimplant 103. For instance, in one exemplary embodiment,pusher member 406 is tethered to implant 103 with atether 485 in order to allowimplant 103 to be drawn back intoneedle member 405 if needed, such as in a case of improper deployment. Ifimplant 103 is properly deployed,tether 485 can be released frompusher member 406. In another exemplary embodiment,pusher member 406 can be configured to both push and pullimplant 103 while withinneedle member 405, as depicted inFIGS. 20A-B . -
FIGS. 20A-B are schematic views depicting additional exemplary embodiments ofneedle member 405,pusher member 406 andimplant 103. InFIG. 20A ,implant 103 is placed overouter surface 450 ofneedle member 405 and endtips 307 ofRA portion 301 andLA portion 302 can be routed throughapertures lumen 414. To deliverimplant 103, afterneedle member 405 has traversedseptal wall 207 intoleft atrium 212,pusher member 406 is used to pullimplant 103 back proximally to exposeend tip 307 ofLA portion 302 as depicted inFIG. 20B . To graspend tip 307,pusher member 406 can include any type of grasping device desired. Here,pusher member 406 includes a clamp-type device 453. Once removed fromaperture 452,LA portion 302 can enter the coiled state. Asneedle member 405 is withdrawn back throughseptal wall 207,LA portion 302 engagesseptal wall 207 andcause implant 103 to slide offneedle member 405.Pusher member 406 can also be used to pushend tip 307 ofRA portion 301 to facilitate deployment. In this embodiment, proximally locatedend tip 307 includes an aperture through which atether 485 is routed for use as described above. -
Delivery device 104 can be configured to maintain the proper orientation ofOA delivery member 401,needle member 405,pusher member 406 andimplant 103 during delivery.FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view depicting another exemplary embodiment ofdelivery device 104 taken along lines 21-21 ofFIG. 14A wheredelivery device 104 is configured to use a lock and key technique to maintain proper orientation. Here, the lock and keys are implemented with a combination of abutments and corresponding recesses. For instance,outer surface 450 ofneedle member 405 includes arecess 456 configured to receive anabutment 455 located oninner surface 457 ofOA delivery member 401. Recess 456 can extend longitudinally alongneedle member 405 for any desired distance to ensure proper orientation even whenneedle member 405 is advanced and refracted withinOA delivery member 401. Similarly,outer surface 458 ofpusher member 406 includes arecess 459 configured to receive anabutment 460 located oninner surface 461 ofneedle member 405. Likerecess 456,recess 459 can extend longitudinally alongpusher member 406 for any desired distance to ensure proper orientation whenpusher member 406 is advanced and refracted. As discussed above with respect toFIGS. 18A-B ,pusher member 406 can include recess 442 to accommodate for the presence ofRA portion 301. Thisrecess 442 can also maintainimplant 103 in the proper orientation with respect topusher member 406. - The distances that
OA delivery member 401,needle member 405 andpusher member 406 are moved proximally and distally with respect tobody member 101, can be relatively small. Manual movement of these components, while possible, can be difficult.Treatment system 100 can include one or more automated systems or devices at the proximal end ofbody member 101 to facilitate movement of these components and lessen the risk that each component is inadvertently advanced too far or not enough. The automated systems or devices can also be configured to apply the desired amount of force to move each component and sense if too much force is being used, which could be indicative of an error in the delivery process. - To further facilitate movement of
OA delivery member 401,needle member 405 andpusher member 406, each can be optionally pre-shaped. For instance, in one exemplary embodiment, one or more ofOA delivery member 401,needle member 405 andpusher member 406 can include a curved section that corresponds to the desired deflected arc shape ofOA delivery member 401 depicted inFIG. 14F . - It should also be noted that
needle member 405 can be excluded fromsystem 100 altogether.Pusher member 406 can deployimplant 103 through a pre-existing hole, orimplant 103 can be configured with a substantiallysharp end tip 307 for creation of a hole while being deployed bypusher member 406. - As described with respect to
FIG. 1 ,treatment system 100 can optionally includestabilization device 105.FIG. 22 is a block diagram depicting an exemplary embodiment ofstabilization device 105 withintreatment system 100. Here,stabilization device 105 is preferably configured to stabilizetreatment system 100 during delivery ofimplant 103.Stabilization device 105 can have any configuration desired in accordance with the needs of the application. For instance,stabilization device 105 can be configured as a body routed throughPFO tunnel 215 or any portion of the patient's vasculature, such assuperior vena cava 203.Stabilization device 105 preferably includes anelongate stabilization member 501 and can optionally include graspingdevice 502, which is preferably configured to grasp nearby tissue in order to facilitate stabilization. -
FIGS. 23A-C are cross-sectional views depicting additional exemplary embodiments ofstabilization device 105 being used to in an exemplary method of stabilizingtreatment system 100. Here,stabilization member 105 is configured as an elongate member including an outertubular sheath 501 having aninner lumen 504 configured to slidably receive innerelongate pull member 505. Outertubular sheath 501 andinner pull member 505 are preferably semi-rigid, having enough rigidity to stabilizetreatment system 100 while at the same time having enough flexibility to allow movement and manipulation within the patient's vasculature andheart 200. In these embodiments,stabilization device 105 is preferably configured to be routed fromright atrium 205 throughPFO tunnel 215 intoleft atrium 212, where graspingdevice 502 can be used to cover a portion ofseptum primum 214 andanchor stabilization device 105 thereto. - The nature of the tissue forming septum primum 214 can be irregular, for instance including overlapping folds, variations in tissue thickness and variations in distensibility, each of which can cause septum primum 214 to move, or tent, when
needle member 405 is advanced through. The inclusion of graspingdevice 502 can also provide the additional advantage of holding septum primum 214 in place and reducing the risk of tenting. -
Grasping device 502 preferably includes a flexiblegrasping element 506 coupled withinner pull member 505. Here, graspingelement 506 is configured as a rectangular element. Outertubular sheath 501 preferably includeslumen 507 having opendistal end 508, from which graspingelement 506 can be deployed.Lumen 507 can be configured with contoured sidewalls to facilitate deployment of graspingelement 506. To deploy graspingelement 506,inner member 505 can be pulled in a proximal direction with respect toouter sheath 501, causing graspingelement 506 to advance throughlumen 507 and out ofdistal end 508.Grasping element 506 can optionally include anatraumatic end 512, which in this embodiment is a radio-opaque element, which may be gold or platinum. In this embodiment, graspingelement 506 is configured as a deformable, pre-shaped element having three main configurations. -
FIG. 23A depicts graspingelement 506 in a first configuration housed withinlumen 507. This configuration is preferably used whiletreatment system 100 is moved through the patient's vasculature and as well as whenstabilization device 105traverses PFO tunnel 215, as depicted here.FIG. 23B depicts graspingelement 506 in a second configuration partially deployed from withinlumen 507. Oncestabilization device 105 is advanced throughPFO tunnel 215 and out ofPFO exit 218, graspingelement 506 is preferably deployed to this configuration by pullinginner member 505 proximally with respect toouter sheath 501. In this configuration, graspingelement 506 can be used to catch the edge ofseptum primum 214 asstabilization device 105 is pulled slightly back inproximal direction 509.FIG. 23C depicts graspingelement 506 in a third, fully deployed configuration, afterinner member 505 has been pulled back further.Grasping element 506 can optionally include a recess configured to engage an abutment onouter sheath 501 in this configuration, which is preferably used to more fully grasp or engage septum primum 214 to anchorstabilization device 105 thereto. - Once the delivery procedure is complete,
inner member 505 can be advanced distally with respect toouter sheath 501 to draw graspingelement 506 back withinlumen 507. Any component oftreatment system 100 adequately coupled withstabilization device 105 is thereby also anchored toseptum primum 214. One of skill in the art will readily recognize that this and similar embodiments ofstabilization device 105 can be used to engage any tissue flap or edge desired, not solely septum primum 214. -
Grasping device 502 can be configured in any manner desired in accordance with the needs of the application.FIGS. 24A-B are perspective views depicting additional exemplary embodiments ofstabilization device 105 with graspingdevice 502. InFIG. 24A , graspingdevice 502 includes multiplegrasping elements 506 for grasping over a wider area. InFIG. 24B , graspingdevice 502 includes a wire-likegrasping element 506. Here, graspingelement 506 is looped into lumen 507 (not shown) viaapertures lumen 507. -
FIGS. 25A-D are cross-sectional views depicting additional exemplary embodiments ofstabilization device 105. Here, graspingelement 506 has a flap-like shape with taperedinner surface 516 and is located ondistal end member 517 ofouter sheath 501.Inner member 505 includes anabutment 514 ondistal end portion 515 and is configured to push against and apply a force to graspingelement 506.FIG. 25A depicts graspingelement 506 in the first, housed configuration. To deploy graspingelement 506 to the second configuration for catchingseptum primum 214,inner member 505 is advanced distally with respect toouter sheath 501 as depicted inFIG. 25B . Because of taperedinner surface 516, the moreinner member 505 is advanced distally, the more outwards deflection ofelement 506 will occur. To more fully graspseptum primum 214, inner member 505 (andbody member 101, if necessary) is refracted proximally by the desired amount, as depicted inFIG. 25C . Manufacture of this embodiment can be made relatively simple. For instance,distal end member 517 and graspingelement 506 can be formed by laser or EDM cutting a NITINOL tube. InFIG. 25D ,distal end member 517 is located on distal end ofinner member 505 andabutment 514 is located onsheath 501. -
FIGS. 26A-C are cross-sectional views of additional exemplary embodiments ofstabilization device 105. Here,outer sheath 501 preferably includes an opendistal end 518, from which graspingdevice 502 can be deployed.Grasping element 506 is preferably located ondistal end portion 515 ofinner member 505 and can be formed of a deformable elastic material such as stainless steel, NITINOL, shape memory polymers and the like.Grasping element 506 is preferably configured to be slidable withininner lumen 504 and is preferably pre-shaped, such as by heat-treating NITINOL, so that graspingelement 506 can assume a desired shape when advanced frominner lumen 504. InFIG. 26A , graspingelement 506 is depicted in the first, housed configuration withininner lumen 504. InFIG. 26B ,inner member 505 has been advanced distally to deploy graspingelement 506 in the second configuration for catchingseptum primum 214. InFIG. 26C ,inner member 505 has been advanced further distally to place graspingelement 506 in the third configuration for graspingseptum primum 214. Embodiments ofstabilization device 105 where graspingdevice 502 can be deployed by pushing graspingdevice 502 out from withininner lumen 504, such as that described with respect toFIGS. 26A-C , will be referred to herein as “push out” embodiments. -
FIG. 27A is a perspective view depicting an additional exemplary embodiment ofstabilization device 105 having a “push-out” graspingdevice 502. Here, graspingdevice 502 is shown in the fully deployed third configuration having twograsping elements 506. It should be noted that graspingdevice 502 can include any number ofgrasping elements 506. Here, eachgrasping element 506 overlaps so as to provide additional grasping force atlocation 419 whereneedle member 405 insertion occurs.FIG. 27B is a cross-sectional view depicting another exemplary embodiment where graspingelement 506 is configured to attract to amagnetic force 522 provided bymagnet 523 coupled withinner member 505. Once deployed, the magnetic force is preferably great enough to penetrateouter sheath 501 and septum primum 214 and attractelements 506 to provide additional grasping force. Of course,magnet 523 can be placed in any desired location, for instance, onouter sheath 501 atdistal end 518 or on graspingelement 506, in which caseinner member 505 could be configured to attract to the magnetic force, or any combination thereof. - It should be noted that, in order to provide additional surface friction, additional abutments can be included on grasping
element 506 and/or the surface of graspingelement 506 can be etched or coated or otherwise textured. - As discussed with respect to
FIG. 1 ,treatment system 100 can include centeringdevice 106 to facilitate proper placement ofimplant 103. Centeringdevice 106 can be configured to aligndelivery device 104 in the desired location with respect to the center ofPFO tunnel 215. Although the term “centering” is used, it should be understood that centeringdevice 106 can be configured to aligndelivery device 104 in any location, not necessarily the center ofPFO tunnel 215. -
FIGS. 28A-C are cross-sectional views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of centeringdevice 106. In this embodiment, centeringdevice 106 includes an elongate centeringsupport member 601 having two elongateflexible positioning members 602, referred to herein as centeringarms 602, located on opposite sides of and extending along the length ofsupport member 601.Support member 601 can include twolumens 603, each configured to slidably receive a centeringarm 602. Eachlumen 603 preferably has an opendistal end 606 which opens to an open or recessedportion 605 ofsupport member 601. Each centeringarm 602 preferably extends through this recessedportion 605 and intoseat 604 preferably configured to receivedistal end 607 of each centeringarm 602.Seat 604 is preferably located in recessedportion 605 in a position opposite tolumen 603. -
FIG. 28A depicts centeringarms 602 at rest within recessedportion 605 along the sides ofsupport member 601. The length of recessedportion 605 is indicated aslength 609.FIG. 28B is a cross-sectional view of centeringdevice 106 taken alongline 28B-28B of FIG. 28A. As depicted here, centeringarms 602 are preferably configured as rectangular wire bands, although any configuration can be used as desired. Advancement of centeringarms 602 in a distal direction causesdistal end 607 to contactseat 604 andforces centering arms 602 to extend outwards from recessedportion 605 as depicted inFIG. 28C . Configuration of centeringarms 602 as bands helps ensure thatarms 602 extend directly away fromsupport member 601 indirection 611. - When centering
device 106 is placed withinPFO tunnel 215, centeringarms 602 can be extended until coming into contact withsidewalls 219, as depicted inFIG. 28D , which is a perspective view of centeringdevice 106 withinPFO tunnel 215. Here, sidewalls 219 andPFO exit 218 are shown as dashed lines to indicate their presence underneathseptum secundum 210. When centeringarms 602 are each advanced the same amount until contact with bothsidewalls 219 is made, theextension distance 608 of eacharm 602 will likewise be the same amount andsupport member 601 will be forced into a centered position withinPFO tunnel 215. - In this manner, centering
device 106 can be centered withinPFO tunnel 215 and can be used as a reference point for deliveringimplant 103. Preferably, centeringdevice 106 is coupled withdelivery device 104, so that centering of centeringdevice 106 will also cause centering ofdelivery device 104. Preferably, onceimplant 103 is delivered, centeringarms 602 are retracted proximally intolumens 603 and centering device can then be retracted throughPFO tunnel 215.Surface 610 of recessedportion 605 is preferably curved, or tapered, to reduce the risk thatsupport member 601 will catch or become hung up on any tissue in or aroundPFO tunnel 215. - Here, the extended portions of centering
arms 602 are shown as being located entirely withinPFO tunnel 215. One of skill in the art will readily recognize that variation oflength 609 of recessedportion 605 will cause the extended portion of centeringarms 602 to vary accordingly. -
Support member 601 and centeringarm 602 can each be composed of any desired material in accordance with the needs of the application. Preferably,support member 601 is composed of a flexible polymer, such as polyimides, polyamides, polyproylene and the like. Preferably, centeringarms 602 are composed of a flexible polymer or metal, such as NITINOL, stainless steel and the like. - In the embodiment described with respect to
FIGS. 28A-D , centeringarms 602 have a curved or arcuate shape when extended fromsupport member 601. As theFIGS. 29A-C will show, centeringarms 602 can be configured to have any desired shape when extended.FIGS. 29A-B are schematic views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of centeringdevice 106 with centeringarms 602 extended in a three-sided and two-sided shapes, respectively. Preferably,portions 612 of centeringarms 602 are made thinner than the surrounding portions, so that centeringarms 602 have a tendency to flex first inportions 612, allowing these polygonal shapes to be achieved. - Also,
arms 602 can be pre-shaped to be biased to assume a desired shape when allowed to expand from recessedportion 605. For instance, in one exemplary embodiment,arms 602 are composed of NITINOL and are heat-treated for pre-shaping. One of skill in the art will readily recognize, in light of this disclosure, that variation of the thickness ofarms 602 and pre-shaping can allow an almost limitless number of shapes to be achieved, having curved portions, straight portions and any combination thereof which can be symmetric or asymmetric. - As mentioned above, in some cases, sidewalls 219 of
PFO tunnel 215 are not equidistant along the length ofPFO tunnel 215, causingPFO tunnel 215 to diverge or converge fromPFO entrance 217 toPFO exit 218. Divergence or convergence ofPFO tunnel 215 can cause centeringdevice 106 to slip out fromPFO tunnel 215 whenarms 602 are extended.FIG. 29C is a schematic view depicting another exemplary embodiment of centeringdevice 106 where each centeringarm 602 is configured to extend with twooutcroppings 614. Theseoutcroppings 614 can be placed outsidePFO tunnel 215 to prevent centeringdevice 106 from slipping out ofPFO tunnel 215.Outcroppings 614 can be formed by making that portion of centeringarm 602 relatively thicker than the surrounding portions, makingoutcropping 614 less likely to flex. A desired radius of curvature in centeringarms 602 can be implemented by pre-shaping, or by gradually varying the thickness and/or width of centeringarms 602, where a relatively thinner portion will correspond to a relatively larger rate of curvature. - It should be noted that centering
device 106 can include any number of one ormore arms 602 for centering/positioning purposes.FIG. 30 is a schematic view depicting another exemplary embodiment of centeringdevice 106 having one centeringarm 602 extended withinPFO tunnel 215. In this embodiment,PFO tunnel 215 is curved to one side and centeringarm 602 is positioned on the opposite side. Centeringarm 602 can then be extended a predetermined distance to position centeringdevice 106 in the desired location. - In another exemplary embodiment, centering
device 106 includesmultiple arms 602 configured for use independently of each other to allow the user to have increased control over the position of centeringdevice 106 withinPFO tunnel 215. For instance, the user can adjust two opposingarms 602 tocenter device 106 betweensidewalls 219 withintunnel 215, and then adjust athird arm 602 to positiondevice 106 as desired relative toseptum secundum 210 andseptum primum 214. In another case, the user can use three ormore arms 602 for centering based on the tunnel type or anatomy. - In some embodiments, it can be desirable to keep centering
device 106 withinPFO tunnel 215 whileneedle member 405 is advanced throughseptal wall 207. To reduce the risk that needlemember 405 will contact centeringdevice 106 during this procedure,support member 601 can be configured to deflectneedle member 405.FIG. 31 is a schematic view depicting an exemplary embodiment of centeringdevice 106 wheresupport member 601 is a rigidcylindrical member 649 having a smooth, or polished,surface 615 betweenlumen 603 and seat 604 (as shown inFIG. 28A ), which are formed inrigid extrusions 650 which are preferable metal and located onmember 649. Here, if sharpeneddistal end 415 ofneedle member 405 comes into contact withsupport member 601, it is more likely to be deflected from rigidcylindrical member 649. -
FIGS. 32A-B are cross-sectional views depicting additional exemplary embodiments of centeringdevice 106 wheresupport member 601 includes an opendistal end 616 from which one or more pre-shaped centeringarms 602 can be extended. Centeringarms 602 are preferably pre-shaped to the extended position allowing elimination ofseat 604 and recessedportion 605. Centeringarms 602 are preferably deformable from a first configuration to allow housing withininner lumen 617 ofsupport member 601 as depicted inFIG. 32A . InFIG. 32B , centeringarms 602 are shown deployed frominner lumen 617 in their extended second configuration. Although inFIGS. 32A-B , centeringarms 602 are shown as separate elements, the proximal end of the pre-shaped portion of eacharm 602 can be coupled together on a common elongate shaft. - It should be noted that the functionality of the various embodiments described herein can be combined and integrated together to reduce the number of components in
treatment system 100, simplify the design oftreatment system 100 and so forth. For instance,FIG. 32C depicts an exemplary embodiment oftreatment system 100 where the embodiments described with respect to FIGS. 27A and 32A-B have been integrated together to formdevice 110. Here, centeringarms 602, similar to that depicted inFIGS. 32A-B each include graspingelement 506 ofstabilization device 105, similar to that depicted inFIG. 27A , located distal to the centeringportion 618. Here, centeringdevice 106 is used for centering and stabilization, allowing the elimination of aseparate stabilization device 105 fromsystem 100. - For stabilization and centering,
support member 601 is preferably advanced throughPFO exit 218. Once inleft atrium 212, centeringarms 602 can be advanced distally to deploygrasping elements 506 from the first, housed configuration, to the second and third configurations for catching and graspingseptum primum 214. Once septum primum 214 is grasped,support member 601 can be refracted proximally with respect to centeringarms 602 in order to deploy centeringportions 618 of eacharm 602. The centeringportions 618 can then expand outwards andcenter device 106, thereby preferably also centeringbody member 101 anddelivery device 104, while at the same time maintaining a grasp ofseptum primum 214. -
FIG. 32D is a schematic view depicting another exemplary embodiment oftreatment system 100 where centeringdevice 106 andstabilization device 105 have been integrated together. Here,stabilization member 501 includes twolumens 603 and seats 604 (not shown), and recessedportions 605 for use with centeringarms 602. After stabilization withdevice 105, centeringarms 602 can be extended indirections 611 to center or otherwise place combineddevice 110 in the desired position. - As discussed with respect to
FIG. 1 ,delivery device 104,stabilization device 105 and centeringdevice 106 are each preferably used in conjunction withbody member 101.Body member 101 can be configured in any manner desired in accordance with the needs of the application.FIGS. 33A-B are cross-sectional views depicting another exemplary embodiment oftreatment system 100 wherebody member 101 includes twolumens FIG. 33A is a longitudinal cross-sectional view andFIG. 33B is a radial cross-sectional view taken alongline 33B-33B ofFIG. 33A . Preferably,lumen 630 is configured to slidably receivedelivery device 104, while lumen 631 is configured to slidably receive eitherstabilization device 105 or an optional guidewire to facilitaterouting body member 101 through the patient's vasculature. The guidewire can be placed inlumen 631 untilbody member 101 is in the desired position within the patient, at which time the guidewire can be removed andstabilization device 105 can be inserted. Also, centeringdevice 106 is preferably integrated withstabilization device 105, such as in the embodiment described with respect toFIG. 32D , in order to provide treatment system with both stabilization and centering capability. In order to prevent rotation ofelongate body member 101 aroundstabilization device 105 during delivery, stabilization device is preferably fixably coupled with eitherbody member 101 ordelivery device 104. -
FIGS. 34A-C are cross-sectional views depicting another exemplary embodiment oftreatment system 100 wherebody member 101 includes four lumens 630-633 as well as centeringarms 602. Here,FIG. 34A is a first longitudinal cross-sectional view,FIG. 34B is a radial cross-sectional view taken alongline 34B-34B ofFIG. 34A andFIG. 34C is a second longitudinal cross-sectional view taken alongline 34C-34C ofFIG. 34A . Preferably,lumen 630 is configured to slidably receivedelivery device 104, while lumen 631 is configured for any purpose, including reception ofstabilization device 105, a guidewire, dye infusion and the like.FIG. 34B depicts centeringarms 602 within lumens 632-633 andFIG. 34C depicts centeringarms 602 located within lumens 632-633, recessedportions 605 and seats 604. Here, recessedportions 605 andseats 604 are located distal to graspingdevice 404 onelongate support section 411. The distal portion ofsupport section 411 can be placed withinPFO tunnel 215 where centeringarms 602 can be deflected for centering prior to deployment ofimplant 103 in left atrium. -
FIGS. 35A-B are cross-sectional views depicting another exemplary embodiment oftreatment system 100 wherebody member 101 includes threelumens arms 602. Here,FIG. 35A is a longitudinal cross-sectional view andFIG. 35B is a radial cross-sectional view taken alongline 35B-35B ofFIG. 35A . In this embodiment,distal end 112 ofbody member 101 includes anatraumatic tip 640, which in this embodiment is a floppy tip. Here, with the aid ofatraumatic tip 640,body member 101 is configured to be advanceable within the patient's vasculature without the aid of a guidewire. Accordingly, noadditional lumen 631 is included for use with a guidewire. Also in this embodiment,stabilization device 105 has been optionally omitted, allowingbody member 101 to achieve a relatively smaller radial cross-section size. In another exemplary embodiment,atraumatic tip 640 is omitted andbody member 101 is configured to be slidably advanced through a tubular guide catheter placed within the patient's vasculature. -
FIGS. 36A-B are cross-sectional views depicting another exemplary embodiment oftreatment system 100 wherebody member 101 includes four lumens 630-633 as well as centeringarms 602. Here,FIG. 36A is a longitudinal cross-sectional view andFIG. 36B is a radial cross-sectional view taken alongline 36B-36B ofFIG. 36A . This embodiment is similar to the embodiment described with respect toFIGS. 34A-C except here,lumen 631 is configured for use withguidewire 641 only, which can be the same size as or relatively thinner thanstabilization device 105, allowing the radial cross-section size oflumen 631 andbody member 101 to be reduced. -
FIGS. 37A-B are cross-sectional views depicting another exemplary embodiment oftreatment system 100 wherebody member 101 includes four lumens 630-633 as well as centeringarms 602. Here,FIG. 37A is a longitudinal cross-sectional view andFIG. 37B is a radial cross-sectional view taken alongline 37B-37B ofFIG. 37A . This embodiment is similar to the embodiment described with respect toFIGS. 35A-C except here,lumen 631 is configured to facilitate exchange ofstabilization device 105 andguidewire 641.Proximal portion 642 oflumen 631 includes adivider 643 toseparate lumen 631 into afirst portion 644 forstabilization device 105 and asecond portion 645 forguidewire 641.Distal portion 646 oflumen 631 is preferably tapered to minimize the radial cross-section size oflumen 631. Exchange betweenstabilization device 105 and guidewire 641 is facilitated because both can reside withinproximal portion 642 at the same time, with the desired one ofstabilization device 105 orguidewire 641 being advanced distally through opendistal end 647 for use. - It should be noted that in each of the embodiments described with respect to
FIGS. 33A-37B , functionality can be added or removed as desired, while still remaining within the scope oftreatment system 100. For instance,treatment system 100 can be further configured for dye infusion, pressure sensing, imaging, drug delivery, ablation, the use of occlusive devices such as balloons and stents, facilitating the implantation of coronary sinus pacing or defibrillation leads, the use of a stylet and the like. These and other additional types of functionality can be added in any manner, including, but not limited to the addition of one ormore lumens 102, or the use of the existinglumens 102, integration directly intobody member 101, or the addition of one or moreextra body members 101. - In addition,
treatment system 100 can includemultiple delivery devices 104 for delivery ofmultiple implants 103,multiple stabilization devices 105 for stabilization on multiple tissue surfaces, multiple centeringdevices 106 andmultiple body members 101 as desired. Iftreatment system 100 is used to accessseptal wall 207 viainferior vena cava 202, the maximum radial cross-section size ofbody member 101 is preferably 13 French or less, although it should be noted that anysize body member 101 can be used in accordance with the needs of the application.Body member 101 can be constructed from any material as desired, but is preferably constructed from a flexible polymer such as polyethylene, polypropylene, nylon and the like. - Furthermore, it should be noted that any component or component portion within
treatment system 100 can be configured to facilitate any type of imaging, including, but not limited to, internal and external ultrasound imaging, optical imaging, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), and flouroscopy. For instance, radio-opaque portions can be used to increase the visibility in flouroscopic applications while echolucent coatings can be used to increase visibility in ultrasound applications. As an example, in one exemplary embodimentOA delivery member 401 can be entirely radio-opaque, or can include portions that are radio-opaque, such as ondistal tip 430 ofFIG. 14A . - Also described herein are
methods PFO tunnel 215, preferably by at least partially closingPFO tunnel 215.Methods treatment system 100, but can be used with any medical system as desired. For ease of discussion,method 700 will be described with respect totreatment system 100 andmethod 800 will be described without reference to a particular treatment system, although it should be understood thatmethods treatment system 100. Generally, the steps ofmethods 700 will vary, in part, on the actual configuration ofimplant 103, the number ofimplants 103 to be delivered, the location in which eachimplant 103 is to be delivered, the use ofguidewire 641 or a guide catheter and the optional use ofstabilization device 105 and/or centeringdevice 106 or any combination thereof. - In
FIG. 4E ,implant 103 is delivered through both septum primum 214 andseptum secundum 210. It should be noted, however, thatimplant 103 can be delivered in any location desired.FIGS. 38A-C are cross-sectional views ofseptal wall 207 depicting exemplary embodiments ofimplant 103 in just several of the many alternate locations that can be used. InFIG. 38A ,implant 103 has been delivered through the upper portion ofseptum secundum 210 adjacent toPFO exit 218. InFIG. 38B ,implant 103 has been delivered through the lower portion ofseptum primum 214, adjacent toPFO entrance 217 and near (or in)fossa ovalis 208. InFIG. 38C ,implant 103 has been delivered throughseptal wall 207 adjacent to sidewall 219, septum primum 214 andseptum secundum 210. - Also, as
many implants 103 can be used in any arrangement as desired.FIGS. 38D-E are views ofseptal wall 207 depicting exemplary embodiments ofmultiple implants 103 in just several of the many alternate arrangements that can be used. InFIG. 38D , threeimplants 103 have been delivered through both septum primum 214 andseptum secundum 210. InFIG. 38E , siximplants 103 have been delivered throughseptal wall 207 adjacent to bothsidewalls 219, septum primum 214 andseptum secundum 210. - Although there are many different implementations and variations of
method 700, for ease of discussion,method 700 will be described herein as using oneimplant 103, delivered through both septum primum 214 andseptum secundum 210, using an exemplary embodiment oftreatment system 100 similar to that described above with respect toFIGS. 33A-B , wherebody member 101 is configured for use withstabilization device 105 having centeringdevice 106 integrated thereon. -
FIGS. 39A-B are flow diagrams depicting an example ofmethod 700. First, at 701,body member 101 is placed in proximity withPFO region 209. As mentioned above,implant 103 can be delivered fromleft atrium 212 orright atrium 205. Preferably,implant 103 is placed into proximity withPFO region 209 by advancingbody member 101 from the femoral vein toright atrium 205 in a conventional manner. For instance, in one example, a needle is inserted into the femoral vein and a guidewire is advanced through the needle into the femoral vein. The needle can then be removed and an access sheath can be routed over the guidewire, which can also then be removed. A J-tip guidewire, such as a 0.035″/0.038″ guidewire, can be routed through the patient's vasculature intoinferior vena cava 202 andright atrium 205. From there, the guidewire can be routed throughPFO tunnel 215 and intoleft atrium 212. Next, an exchange sheath or multi-purpose guide can then be advanced over the J-tip guidewire intoleft atrium 212, at which point the J-tip guidewire can be removed. A relativelystiffer guidewire 641 can then be advanced through the exchange sheath or multi-purpose guide and intoleft atrium 212 and optionally the pulmonary vein, which can act as an anchor for the guidewire.Body member 101 can then be advanced over theguidewire 641 into proximity withPFO region 209, preferably throughPFO tunnel 215 and intoleft atrium 212. In addition, a catheter or guidewire having a sizing device, such as a balloon, can be placed withinPFO tunnel 215 to measure the size ofPFO tunnel 215, for use in choosing a placement location, implant size, etc. - At 702, guidewire 641, if present, can be removed. At 704,
stabilization device 105 is preferably advanced throughlumen 631 and intoleft atrium 212. At 706,body member 101 can be retracted proximally intoright atrium 205. Preferably,stabilization device 105 includes astabilization member 501 and graspingdevice 502 with graspingelement 506. At 708, graspingelement 506 can be deployed from the first housed configuration to the second configuration for catching tissue, which, in this example, is preferablyseptum primum 214. - Next, at 710,
stabilization member 501 is preferably moved distally until graspingelement 506catches septum primum 214. Then, at 712,OA delivery member 401 can be retracted proximally with respect tobody member 101 to raisearm member 409. At 714,body member 101 andOA delivery member 401 are advanced distally untilarm member 409 abutslimbus 211. At 716, centeringdevice 106 can be used to centerdelivery device 104, preferably by deflecting centeringarms 602. Once centered, if not already done so, at 717stabilization device 105 can be fixably coupled to delivery device 104 (e.g., with a rotating hemostasis valve or Tuohy-Borst valve and the like). Next, at 718, graspingelement 506 can be further deployed to the third configuration to grasp septum primum 214 and lockstabilization device 105 toseptum primum 214. Alternatively, either 716, 717, 718 or any combination thereof can be implemented prior to 712. Also, 716-718 can be implemented in any order desired with respect to each other. - Once stabilized, centered and locked in place,
OA delivery member 401 is preferably advanced distally with respect tobody member 101 to rotatedistal end 410 into the desired orientation withsurface 320 ofseptum secundum 210. At 722,needle member 405 can be advanced throughseptum secundum 210 and septum primum 214 and intoleft atrium 212. Then, at 724,pusher member 406 can be advanced distally to at least partially deployLA portion 302 ofimplant 103 fromdistal end 415 ofneedle member 405. In embodiments where centeringarms 602 are in their deflected state for centering, it is possible forneedle member 405 to pass between centeringarms 602 andstabilization member 501 when inserted, based onneedle insertion location 419. To avoid capture ofimplant 103 between centeringarms 602 andstabilization member 501, centeringarms 602 can be refracted proximally back intoelongate body 101 thereby removing them fromseats 604 and preventingimplant 103 from being trapped between centeringarms 602 andstabilization member 501. Next, at 726, graspingelement 506 can be moved to the second configuration tofree stabilization device 105 fromseptum primum 214. Alternatively, 726 can be performed before 724 if desired. - Then, at 728,
LA portion 302 can be fully deployed if not already. At 730, graspingelement 506 can be removed to the first configuration, housed withinstabilization member 501. Next, at 732, centeringdevice 106 can be moved to the undeployed configuration if not already, preferably by collapsing centeringarms 602, after whichstabilization device 105 can be refracted proximally fromPFO entrance 217 at 734. At 736,needle member 405 can be withdrawn intoOA delivery member 401 to deploycentral portion 303 ofimplant 103 and at least a portion ofRA portion 301. Here, at 738, an optional closure test can be performed to confirm at least partial closure, and preferably substantially complete closure, ofPFO tunnel 215. Any desired closure test can be performed including, but not limited to, the introduction of gaseous bubbles simultaneously with imaging using contrast enhanced trans-cranial doppler (CE-TCD), intracardiac echocardiography (ICE) and the like, or the infusion of a radio-opaque dye imagable via flouroscopy. The test may be performed by pulling backOA delivery member 401 as far as necessary to deployRA coil 301 and then test while device is at PFO entrance. - At 740,
OA delivery member 401 can be refracted proximally with respect tobody member 101 to complete deployment ofRA portion 301,release limbus 211 and placeOA delivery member 401 in the original position. If the desired degree of closure is confirmed, then any tether connection to implant 103 can be released at 742. Finally, at 744,body member 101 can be retracted distally and withdrawn from the patient. -
FIG. 40 depicts anotherexemplary method 800 of treating a septal defect. At 802,limbus 211 is abutted with an abutment of a medical device. Preferably,limbus 211 is engaged with the medical device and optionally grasped such that the medical device is anchored tolimbus 211. Then, at 804, a hole inseptal wall 207, preferably inseptum secundum 210, is created usinglimbus 211 as a point of reference. For instance, the hole can be created at a fixed or adjustable distance fromlimbus 211. At 806, the hole is used to facilitate delivery of a device configured to treat a septal defect. In one example, the device is deployed through the hole such that it causes at least partial closure of the septal defect. In this example ofmethod 800,limbus 211 is abutted and used as a reference. In another example ofmethod 800, the edge ofseptum primum 214 is abutted and used as a reference. In other examples ofmethod 800, one or bothsidewalls 219 and/or fossa ovalis 208 are abutted and used as points of reference. - It should be noted that any feature, function, method or component of any embodiment described with respect to
FIGS. 1-40 can be used in combination with any other embodiment, whether or not described herein. As one of skill in the art will readily recognize,treatment system 100 and the methods for treating a septal defect can be configured or altered in an almost limitless number of ways, the many combinations and variations of which cannot be practically described herein. - The devices and methods herein may be used in any part of the body, in order to treat a variety of disease states. Of particular interest are applications within hollow organs including but not limited to the heart and blood vessels (arterial and venous), lungs and air passageways, digestive organs (esophagus, stomach, intestines, biliary tree, etc.). The devices and methods will also find use within the genitourinary tract in such areas as the bladder, urethra, ureters, and other areas.
- Furthermore, the off-axis delivery systems may be used to pierce tissue and deliver medication, fillers, toxins, and the like in order to offer benefit to a patient. For instance, the device could be used to deliver bulking agent such as collagen, pyrolytic carbon beads, and/or various polymers to the urethra to treat urinary incontinence and other urologic conditions or to the lower esophagus/upper stomach to treat gastroesophageal reflux disease. Alternatively, the devices could be used to deliver drug or other agent to a preferred location or preferred depth within an organ. For example, various medications could be administered into the superficial or deeper areas of the esophagus to treat Barrett's esophagus, or into the heart to promote angiogenesis or myogenesis. Alternatively, the off-axis system can be useful in taking biopsies, both within the lumen and deep to the lumen. For example, the system could be used to take bronchoscopic biopsy specimens of lymph nodes that are located outside of the bronchial tree or flexible endoscopic biopsy specimens that are located outside the gastrointestinal tract. The above list is not meant to limit the scope of the invention.
- In some embodiments, the off-axis delivery system is used with an anchoring means in order to anchor the device to a location within the body prior to rotation of the off-axis system. This anchoring means may involve the use of a tissue grasper or forceps. It should be noted that any device or set of devices can be advanced within the lumen of the off-axis delivery system, including but not limited to needles, biopsy forceps, aspiration catheters, drug infusion devices, brushes, stents, balloon catheters, drainage catheters, and the like.
- While the invention is susceptible to various modifications and alternative forms, a specific example thereof has been shown in the drawings and is herein described in detail. It should be understood, however, that the invention is not to be limited to the particular form disclosed, but to the contrary, the invention is to cover all modifications, equivalents, and alternatives falling within the spirit of the disclosure.
Claims (1)
1. A method of treating a septal defect, comprising:
placing a delivery device in proximity with a septal wall having a septal defect;
stabilizing the delivery device with an elongate device placed at least partially within the septal defect;
positioning a distal end of the delivery device in a desired orientation with respect to the septal wall, wherein a first longitudinal axis of the delivery device at the distal end is transverse to a second longitudinal axis of the elongate device.
Priority Applications (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US12/725,595 US20100234880A1 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2010-03-17 | Systems and Methods for Treating Septal Defects |
US13/250,671 US8758401B2 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2011-09-30 | Systems and methods for treating septal defects |
Applications Claiming Priority (7)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US09/948,502 US6776784B2 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2001-09-06 | Clip apparatus for closing septal defects and methods of use |
US09/948,453 US6702835B2 (en) | 2001-09-07 | 2001-09-07 | Needle apparatus for closing septal defects and methods for using such apparatus |
US10/734,670 US8070826B2 (en) | 2001-09-07 | 2003-12-11 | Needle apparatus for closing septal defects and methods for using such apparatus |
US10/847,747 US20050267495A1 (en) | 2004-05-17 | 2004-05-17 | Systems and methods for closing internal tissue defects |
US11/175,814 US20060052821A1 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2005-07-05 | Systems and methods for treating septal defects |
US11/422,871 US7686828B2 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2006-06-07 | Systems and methods for treating septal defects |
US12/725,595 US20100234880A1 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2010-03-17 | Systems and Methods for Treating Septal Defects |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/422,871 Continuation US7686828B2 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2006-06-07 | Systems and methods for treating septal defects |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/250,671 Continuation US8758401B2 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2011-09-30 | Systems and methods for treating septal defects |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20100234880A1 true US20100234880A1 (en) | 2010-09-16 |
Family
ID=37605215
Family Applications (10)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/175,814 Abandoned US20060052821A1 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2005-07-05 | Systems and methods for treating septal defects |
US11/422,871 Expired - Fee Related US7686828B2 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2006-06-07 | Systems and methods for treating septal defects |
US11/422,864 Expired - Fee Related US7678132B2 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2006-06-07 | Systems and methods for treating septal defects |
US11/422,865 Abandoned US20060212047A1 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2006-06-07 | Systems and Methods for Treating Septal Defects |
US12/260,932 Abandoned US20090088796A1 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2008-10-29 | Systems and Methods for Treating Septal Defects |
US12/725,282 Abandoned US20100234879A1 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2010-03-16 | Systems and Methods for Treating Septal Defects |
US12/725,595 Abandoned US20100234880A1 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2010-03-17 | Systems and Methods for Treating Septal Defects |
US13/111,885 Abandoned US20110218567A1 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2011-05-19 | Systems and Methods for Treating Septal Defects |
US13/250,671 Expired - Fee Related US8758401B2 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2011-09-30 | Systems and methods for treating septal defects |
US13/282,392 Abandoned US20120041480A1 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2011-10-26 | Systems and Methods for Treating Septal Defects |
Family Applications Before (6)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/175,814 Abandoned US20060052821A1 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2005-07-05 | Systems and methods for treating septal defects |
US11/422,871 Expired - Fee Related US7686828B2 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2006-06-07 | Systems and methods for treating septal defects |
US11/422,864 Expired - Fee Related US7678132B2 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2006-06-07 | Systems and methods for treating septal defects |
US11/422,865 Abandoned US20060212047A1 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2006-06-07 | Systems and Methods for Treating Septal Defects |
US12/260,932 Abandoned US20090088796A1 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2008-10-29 | Systems and Methods for Treating Septal Defects |
US12/725,282 Abandoned US20100234879A1 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2010-03-16 | Systems and Methods for Treating Septal Defects |
Family Applications After (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/111,885 Abandoned US20110218567A1 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2011-05-19 | Systems and Methods for Treating Septal Defects |
US13/250,671 Expired - Fee Related US8758401B2 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2011-09-30 | Systems and methods for treating septal defects |
US13/282,392 Abandoned US20120041480A1 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2011-10-26 | Systems and Methods for Treating Septal Defects |
Country Status (6)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (10) | US20060052821A1 (en) |
EP (1) | EP1903950A2 (en) |
JP (1) | JP4989807B2 (en) |
AU (1) | AU2006264310A1 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2614278A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2007005996A2 (en) |
Cited By (11)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20060217761A1 (en) * | 2005-03-24 | 2006-09-28 | Opolski Steven W | Curved arm intracardiac occluder |
US20080133010A1 (en) * | 2003-09-22 | 2008-06-05 | Bartee Chaddick M | Hydrophilic high density ptfe medical barrier |
US20130317541A1 (en) * | 2012-05-24 | 2013-11-28 | Lawrence Livermore National Security, Llc | Device and method for treatment of openings in vascular and septal walls |
US20160338706A1 (en) * | 2015-05-20 | 2016-11-24 | Edwards Lifesciences Corporation | Atrial septal closure device for re-access |
US9615962B2 (en) | 2006-05-23 | 2017-04-11 | Jean-Pierre Robitaille | Nasal cannula |
US9730830B2 (en) | 2011-09-29 | 2017-08-15 | Trudell Medical International | Nasal insert and cannula and methods for the use thereof |
US9936955B2 (en) | 2011-01-11 | 2018-04-10 | Amsel Medical Corporation | Apparatus and methods for fastening tissue layers together with multiple tissue fasteners |
US10076339B2 (en) | 2011-01-11 | 2018-09-18 | Amsel Medical Corporation | Method and apparatus for clamping tissue layers and occluding tubular body lumens |
US10398445B2 (en) | 2011-01-11 | 2019-09-03 | Amsel Medical Corporation | Method and apparatus for clamping tissue layers and occluding tubular body structures |
US10820895B2 (en) | 2011-01-11 | 2020-11-03 | Amsel Medical Corporation | Methods and apparatus for fastening and clamping tissue |
US12059335B2 (en) | 2014-06-24 | 2024-08-13 | Osteogenics Biomedical, Inc. | Device for guided bone and tissue regeneration |
Families Citing this family (187)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7220266B2 (en) * | 2000-05-19 | 2007-05-22 | C. R. Bard, Inc. | Tissue capturing and suturing device and method |
US20070129755A1 (en) * | 2005-12-05 | 2007-06-07 | Ovalis, Inc. | Clip-based systems and methods for treating septal defects |
US6776784B2 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2004-08-17 | Core Medical, Inc. | Clip apparatus for closing septal defects and methods of use |
US20050267495A1 (en) * | 2004-05-17 | 2005-12-01 | Gateway Medical, Inc. | Systems and methods for closing internal tissue defects |
US20070112358A1 (en) * | 2001-09-06 | 2007-05-17 | Ryan Abbott | Systems and Methods for Treating Septal Defects |
US6702835B2 (en) | 2001-09-07 | 2004-03-09 | Core Medical, Inc. | Needle apparatus for closing septal defects and methods for using such apparatus |
US20060052821A1 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2006-03-09 | Ovalis, Inc. | Systems and methods for treating septal defects |
US20080015633A1 (en) * | 2001-09-06 | 2008-01-17 | Ryan Abbott | Systems and Methods for Treating Septal Defects |
US7186251B2 (en) | 2003-03-27 | 2007-03-06 | Cierra, Inc. | Energy based devices and methods for treatment of patent foramen ovale |
US6939348B2 (en) * | 2003-03-27 | 2005-09-06 | Cierra, Inc. | Energy based devices and methods for treatment of patent foramen ovale |
US8021362B2 (en) * | 2003-03-27 | 2011-09-20 | Terumo Kabushiki Kaisha | Methods and apparatus for closing a layered tissue defect |
US20040267191A1 (en) * | 2003-03-27 | 2004-12-30 | Cierra, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for treatment of patent foramen ovale |
US7293562B2 (en) * | 2003-03-27 | 2007-11-13 | Cierra, Inc. | Energy based devices and methods for treatment of anatomic tissue defects |
US7165552B2 (en) * | 2003-03-27 | 2007-01-23 | Cierra, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for treatment of patent foramen ovale |
US7972330B2 (en) | 2003-03-27 | 2011-07-05 | Terumo Kabushiki Kaisha | Methods and apparatus for closing a layered tissue defect |
US7122043B2 (en) * | 2003-05-19 | 2006-10-17 | Stout Medical Group, L.P. | Tissue distention device and related methods for therapeutic intervention |
US7311701B2 (en) | 2003-06-10 | 2007-12-25 | Cierra, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for non-invasively treating atrial fibrillation using high intensity focused ultrasound |
US9861346B2 (en) | 2003-07-14 | 2018-01-09 | W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Patent foramen ovale (PFO) closure device with linearly elongating petals |
US20050055050A1 (en) * | 2003-07-24 | 2005-03-10 | Alfaro Arthur A. | Intravascular occlusion device |
US9700450B2 (en) | 2003-07-28 | 2017-07-11 | Baronova, Inc. | Devices and methods for gastrointestinal stimulation |
US8821521B2 (en) | 2003-07-28 | 2014-09-02 | Baronova, Inc. | Gastro-intestinal device and method for treating addiction |
US8048169B2 (en) * | 2003-07-28 | 2011-11-01 | Baronova, Inc. | Pyloric valve obstructing devices and methods |
US20090259236A2 (en) | 2003-07-28 | 2009-10-15 | Baronova, Inc. | Gastric retaining devices and methods |
US9498366B2 (en) | 2003-07-28 | 2016-11-22 | Baronova, Inc. | Devices and methods for pyloric anchoring |
ATE374575T1 (en) * | 2003-10-24 | 2007-10-15 | Ev3 Endovascular Inc | CLOSURE SYSTEM FOR AN OPEN FORAMEN OVALE |
US20050273119A1 (en) * | 2003-12-09 | 2005-12-08 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Double spiral patent foramen ovale closure clamp |
CN101683291A (en) | 2004-02-27 | 2010-03-31 | 奥尔特克斯公司 | Prosthetic heart valve delivery systems and methods |
US7367975B2 (en) | 2004-06-21 | 2008-05-06 | Cierra, Inc. | Energy based devices and methods for treatment of anatomic tissue defects |
US8172857B2 (en) * | 2004-08-27 | 2012-05-08 | Davol, Inc. | Endoscopic tissue apposition device and method of use |
US20060271089A1 (en) * | 2005-04-11 | 2006-11-30 | Cierra, Inc. | Methods and apparatus to achieve a closure of a layered tissue defect |
JP2008541952A (en) | 2005-06-02 | 2008-11-27 | コーディス・コーポレイション | Device for closing the patent foramen ovale |
CA2613241A1 (en) | 2005-06-21 | 2007-01-04 | Cardiomems, Inc. | Method of manufacturing implantable wireless sensor for in vivo pressure measurement |
US8579936B2 (en) | 2005-07-05 | 2013-11-12 | ProMed, Inc. | Centering of delivery devices with respect to a septal defect |
WO2007028092A1 (en) | 2005-09-01 | 2007-03-08 | Cordis Corporation | Patent foramen ovale closure method |
US7846179B2 (en) | 2005-09-01 | 2010-12-07 | Ovalis, Inc. | Suture-based systems and methods for treating septal defects |
WO2007035818A2 (en) * | 2005-09-20 | 2007-03-29 | Rob Rao | Surgical method and clamping apparatus for repair of a defect in a dural membrane or a vascular wall, and anastomic method and apparatus for a body lumen |
US9943296B2 (en) * | 2005-09-20 | 2018-04-17 | Rob K. Rao | Surgical method and clamping apparatus for repair of a defect in a dural membrane or a vascular wall, and anastomic method and apparatus for a body lumen |
US9681948B2 (en) * | 2006-01-23 | 2017-06-20 | V-Wave Ltd. | Heart anchor device |
US8147541B2 (en) | 2006-02-27 | 2012-04-03 | Aortx, Inc. | Methods and devices for delivery of prosthetic heart valves and other prosthetics |
US7749266B2 (en) | 2006-02-27 | 2010-07-06 | Aortx, Inc. | Methods and devices for delivery of prosthetic heart valves and other prosthetics |
CA2646825A1 (en) * | 2006-03-31 | 2007-10-11 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Adjustable length patent foramen ovale (pfo) occluder and catch system |
DE102006036649A1 (en) * | 2006-04-27 | 2007-10-31 | Biophan Europe Gmbh | Occluder for human or animal heart, has intermediate piece eccentrically connected with each closing body in edge area of bodies in closing condition, where occluder or its part forms electrical resonant oscillating circuit |
US8585594B2 (en) | 2006-05-24 | 2013-11-19 | Phoenix Biomedical, Inc. | Methods of assessing inner surfaces of body lumens or organs |
WO2007149841A2 (en) | 2006-06-20 | 2007-12-27 | Aortx, Inc. | Torque shaft and torque drive |
CN101505686A (en) | 2006-06-20 | 2009-08-12 | 奥尔特克斯公司 | Prosthetic heart valves, support structures and systems and methods for implanting the same |
JP2009540956A (en) | 2006-06-21 | 2009-11-26 | エーオーテックス, インコーポレイテッド | Prosthetic valve implantation system |
US7583780B2 (en) * | 2006-06-22 | 2009-09-01 | General Electric Company | Systems and methods for improving a resolution of an image |
WO2008134245A1 (en) * | 2007-04-27 | 2008-11-06 | Cvdevices, Llc | Devices, systems, and methods for promotion of infarct healing and reinforcement of border zone |
US9023075B2 (en) * | 2006-06-30 | 2015-05-05 | Cvdevices, Llc | Devices, systems, and methods for lead delivery |
US20100069849A1 (en) * | 2006-06-30 | 2010-03-18 | Kassab Ghassan S | Percutaneous intravascular access to cardiac tissue |
WO2008021486A1 (en) * | 2006-08-17 | 2008-02-21 | Ocera Therapeutics, Inc. | Use of adsborbent carbon microspheres (ast-120) to treat gastroesophogeal reflux disease or symptoms thereof |
US20080051830A1 (en) * | 2006-08-24 | 2008-02-28 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Occluding device and method |
US20110257723A1 (en) | 2006-11-07 | 2011-10-20 | Dc Devices, Inc. | Devices and methods for coronary sinus pressure relief |
EP3329860A1 (en) | 2006-11-07 | 2018-06-06 | David Stephen Celermajer | Devices for the treatment of heart failure |
DE102006054218A1 (en) * | 2006-11-15 | 2008-05-21 | Karl Storz Medizinische Nähsysteme GmbH & Co. KG | Surgical instrument e.g. endoscope, for occluding incision into human body, has occluder that is moved for occluding incision using guidance wire from guidance channel, which is work channel of endoscope |
US20080161825A1 (en) * | 2006-11-20 | 2008-07-03 | Stout Medical Group, L.P. | Anatomical measurement tool |
US20080154286A1 (en) * | 2006-12-21 | 2008-06-26 | Ryan Abbott | Systems and Methods for Treating Septal Defects with Capture Devices and Other Devices |
US8894582B2 (en) | 2007-01-26 | 2014-11-25 | Endotronix, Inc. | Cardiac pressure monitoring device |
US8617205B2 (en) | 2007-02-01 | 2013-12-31 | Cook Medical Technologies Llc | Closure device |
US20080188892A1 (en) * | 2007-02-01 | 2008-08-07 | Cook Incorporated | Vascular occlusion device |
WO2008094706A2 (en) * | 2007-02-01 | 2008-08-07 | Cook Incorporated | Closure device and method of closing a bodily opening |
US20080208214A1 (en) * | 2007-02-26 | 2008-08-28 | Olympus Medical Systems Corp. | Applicator and tissue fastening method through natural orifice |
US8570186B2 (en) | 2011-04-25 | 2013-10-29 | Endotronix, Inc. | Wireless sensor reader |
US8493187B2 (en) | 2007-03-15 | 2013-07-23 | Endotronix, Inc. | Wireless sensor reader |
US20080281212A1 (en) * | 2007-03-15 | 2008-11-13 | Nunez Anthony I | Transseptal monitoring device |
US8154389B2 (en) | 2007-03-15 | 2012-04-10 | Endotronix, Inc. | Wireless sensor reader |
US10003862B2 (en) | 2007-03-15 | 2018-06-19 | Endotronix, Inc. | Wireless sensor reader |
US9005242B2 (en) * | 2007-04-05 | 2015-04-14 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Septal closure device with centering mechanism |
JP5174891B2 (en) | 2007-04-27 | 2013-04-03 | シーヴィ デヴァイシズ,エルエルシー | Devices, systems, and methods for accessing the epicardial surface of the heart |
AU2008246083B2 (en) * | 2007-04-27 | 2013-08-22 | Cvdevices, Llc | Devices, systems, and methods for accessing the epicardial surface of the heart |
US8540674B2 (en) | 2007-04-27 | 2013-09-24 | Cvdevices, Llc | Devices, systems, and methods for transeptal atrial puncture using an engagement catheter platform |
US9050064B2 (en) * | 2007-04-27 | 2015-06-09 | Cvdevices, Llc | Systems for engaging a bodily tissue and methods of using the same |
AU2008349770B2 (en) * | 2007-04-27 | 2014-10-16 | Cvdevices, Llc | Steering engagement catheter devices, systems and methods |
US20090036923A1 (en) * | 2007-05-04 | 2009-02-05 | Jabba Ronald J | Systems and methods for accommodating anatomical characteristics in the treatment of septal defects |
US9101357B2 (en) * | 2007-06-08 | 2015-08-11 | Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Arkansas | Physiologic abdominal closure |
US8677650B2 (en) * | 2007-06-15 | 2014-03-25 | Abbott Cardiovascular Systems Inc. | Methods and devices for drying coated stents |
US8003157B2 (en) | 2007-06-15 | 2011-08-23 | Abbott Cardiovascular Systems Inc. | System and method for coating a stent |
US20090024042A1 (en) * | 2007-07-03 | 2009-01-22 | Endotronix, Inc. | Method and system for monitoring ventricular function of a heart |
CA2843571C (en) | 2007-09-07 | 2018-02-06 | Baronova, Inc. | Device for intermittently obstructing a gastric opening and method of use |
US8858576B2 (en) * | 2007-09-10 | 2014-10-14 | Olympus Medical Systems Corp. | Tissue fastening tool, stent, applicator for placing the same, and tissue fastening method through natural orifice |
US8715319B2 (en) * | 2007-09-28 | 2014-05-06 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Catch member for septal occluder with adjustable-length center joint |
EP2205309A4 (en) * | 2007-10-05 | 2011-05-11 | Coaptus Medical Corp | Systems and methods for transeptal cardiac procedures |
US9743918B2 (en) * | 2008-01-18 | 2017-08-29 | St. Jude Medical, Cardiology Division, Inc. | Percutaneous catheter directed intravascular occlusion device |
US8545573B2 (en) * | 2008-02-12 | 2013-10-01 | Cook Medical Technologies Llc | Spiral occluding device with an occlusion sail |
US20130165967A1 (en) | 2008-03-07 | 2013-06-27 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Heart occlusion devices |
US20110087261A1 (en) * | 2008-03-11 | 2011-04-14 | Umc Utrecht Holding B.V. | Device and Method for Transseptal Puncturing |
FR2930137B1 (en) * | 2008-04-18 | 2010-04-23 | Corevalve Inc | TREATMENT EQUIPMENT FOR A CARDIAC VALVE, IN PARTICULAR A MITRAL VALVE. |
US7959648B2 (en) * | 2008-04-22 | 2011-06-14 | Medtronic Vascular, Inc. | Device and method for effecting hemostasis about a puncture |
US8162958B2 (en) * | 2008-07-11 | 2012-04-24 | Olympus Medical Systems Corp. | Tissue fastening tool and applicator for indwelling the same within body, and tissue fastening method through natural orifice |
US20100010520A1 (en) * | 2008-07-11 | 2010-01-14 | Olympus Medical Systems Corp. | Tissue fastener |
US20100010514A1 (en) * | 2008-07-11 | 2010-01-14 | Olympus Medical Systems Corp. | Tissue fastening tool |
DE102008034534A1 (en) * | 2008-07-18 | 2010-01-21 | Aesculap Ag | Puncture closure for closing a hollow organ having a puncture opening, in particular a blood vessel |
US8518060B2 (en) * | 2009-04-09 | 2013-08-27 | Medtronic, Inc. | Medical clip with radial tines, system and method of using same |
WO2010128501A1 (en) | 2009-05-04 | 2010-11-11 | V-Wave Ltd. | Device and method for regulating pressure in a heart chamber |
US20210161637A1 (en) | 2009-05-04 | 2021-06-03 | V-Wave Ltd. | Shunt for redistributing atrial blood volume |
WO2010138579A1 (en) * | 2009-05-28 | 2010-12-02 | Wilson-Cook Medical Inc. | Tacking device and methods of deployment |
US9381006B2 (en) | 2009-06-22 | 2016-07-05 | W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Sealing device and delivery system |
US8956389B2 (en) * | 2009-06-22 | 2015-02-17 | W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Sealing device and delivery system |
US20120029556A1 (en) | 2009-06-22 | 2012-02-02 | Masters Steven J | Sealing device and delivery system |
US8459524B2 (en) * | 2009-08-14 | 2013-06-11 | Covidien Lp | Tissue fastening system for a medical device |
US8308723B2 (en) * | 2009-10-09 | 2012-11-13 | Coaptus Medical Corporation | Tissue-penetrating guidewires with shaped tips, and associated systems and methods |
US8696693B2 (en) * | 2009-12-05 | 2014-04-15 | Integrated Sensing Systems, Inc. | Delivery system, method, and anchor for medical implant placement |
US10058323B2 (en) | 2010-01-22 | 2018-08-28 | 4 Tech Inc. | Tricuspid valve repair using tension |
US9307980B2 (en) | 2010-01-22 | 2016-04-12 | 4Tech Inc. | Tricuspid valve repair using tension |
US8475525B2 (en) | 2010-01-22 | 2013-07-02 | 4Tech Inc. | Tricuspid valve repair using tension |
US8961596B2 (en) | 2010-01-22 | 2015-02-24 | 4Tech Inc. | Method and apparatus for tricuspid valve repair using tension |
CN102905626A (en) | 2010-01-29 | 2013-01-30 | Dc设备公司 | Devices and systems for treating heart failure |
US9072603B2 (en) * | 2010-02-24 | 2015-07-07 | Medtronic Ventor Technologies, Ltd. | Mitral prosthesis and methods for implantation |
US20110224720A1 (en) * | 2010-03-11 | 2011-09-15 | Cvdevices, Llc | Devices, systems, and methods for closing a hole in cardiac tissue |
US8357195B2 (en) | 2010-04-15 | 2013-01-22 | Medtronic, Inc. | Catheter based annuloplasty system and method |
US9795482B2 (en) | 2010-04-27 | 2017-10-24 | Medtronic, Inc. | Prosthetic heart valve devices and methods of valve repair |
US20120022562A1 (en) * | 2010-07-23 | 2012-01-26 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Device to detect internal bleeding |
EP2627265B8 (en) | 2010-10-15 | 2019-02-20 | Cook Medical Technologies LLC | Occlusion device for blocking fluid flow through bodily passages |
EP2673038B1 (en) | 2011-02-10 | 2017-07-19 | Corvia Medical, Inc. | Apparatus to create and maintain an intra-atrial pressure relief opening |
US8454656B2 (en) | 2011-03-01 | 2013-06-04 | Medtronic Ventor Technologies Ltd. | Self-suturing anchors |
US9445898B2 (en) | 2011-03-01 | 2016-09-20 | Medtronic Ventor Technologies Ltd. | Mitral valve repair |
KR20140015413A (en) | 2011-03-08 | 2014-02-06 | 더블유.엘. 고어 앤드 어소시에이트스, 인코포레이티드 | Medical device for use with a stoma |
US9138232B2 (en) * | 2011-05-24 | 2015-09-22 | Aneuclose Llc | Aneurysm occlusion by rotational dispensation of mass |
US9364326B2 (en) | 2011-06-29 | 2016-06-14 | Mitralix Ltd. | Heart valve repair devices and methods |
EP3424468A1 (en) | 2011-07-21 | 2019-01-09 | 4Tech Inc. | Apparatus for tricuspid valve repair using tension |
US9770232B2 (en) | 2011-08-12 | 2017-09-26 | W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Heart occlusion devices |
EP2567663A1 (en) * | 2011-09-09 | 2013-03-13 | Occlutech Holding AG | A collapsible medical closing device, a method and a medical system for delivering an object |
US20140303663A1 (en) * | 2011-10-25 | 2014-10-09 | Vanderbilt University | Apparatus and method for vascular and nerve separation and bridging |
EP2599450A1 (en) * | 2011-11-30 | 2013-06-05 | Aldaf Holding B.V. | Obliteration device |
US10321988B2 (en) * | 2011-12-21 | 2019-06-18 | The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Platforms for mitral valve replacement |
EP2811939B8 (en) | 2012-02-10 | 2017-11-15 | CVDevices, LLC | Products made of biological tissues for stents and methods of manufacturing |
US9572566B2 (en) | 2012-02-29 | 2017-02-21 | Marker Medical, Llc | Surgical suturing apparatus and method |
US9283069B2 (en) * | 2012-04-13 | 2016-03-15 | Empire Technology Development Llc | Intravitreous self adaptive stent |
CN108635082B (en) * | 2012-05-31 | 2021-07-09 | 标枪医疗有限公司 | Systems, methods, and devices for embolic protection |
US8961594B2 (en) | 2012-05-31 | 2015-02-24 | 4Tech Inc. | Heart valve repair system |
EP3632303B1 (en) | 2012-09-14 | 2022-02-02 | Endotronix, Inc. | Pressure sensor, anchor, delivery system and method |
US20140163586A1 (en) * | 2012-12-11 | 2014-06-12 | Dolly Jeanne Holt | Tissue repair devices and methods |
US9788948B2 (en) | 2013-01-09 | 2017-10-17 | 4 Tech Inc. | Soft tissue anchors and implantation techniques |
ES2895968T3 (en) | 2013-01-18 | 2022-02-23 | Javelin Medical Ltd | Monofilament implants and systems for supplying the same |
US10828019B2 (en) | 2013-01-18 | 2020-11-10 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Sealing device and delivery system |
AU2014214700B2 (en) | 2013-02-11 | 2018-01-18 | Cook Medical Technologies Llc | Expandable support frame and medical device |
US9907681B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2018-03-06 | 4Tech Inc. | Stent with tether interface |
KR101423707B1 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2014-08-01 | 홍유리 | APTOS elasticity fiber and APTOS needle having elasticity fiber and Insertion method of elasticity fiber for APTOS |
EP2967382B1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2018-05-09 | Baronova, Inc. | Locking gastric obstruction device |
CN105555204B (en) | 2013-05-21 | 2018-07-10 | V-波有限责任公司 | For delivering the equipment for the device for reducing left atrial pressure |
US10052095B2 (en) | 2013-10-30 | 2018-08-21 | 4Tech Inc. | Multiple anchoring-point tension system |
US10022114B2 (en) | 2013-10-30 | 2018-07-17 | 4Tech Inc. | Percutaneous tether locking |
EP3062709A2 (en) | 2013-10-30 | 2016-09-07 | 4Tech Inc. | Multiple anchoring-point tension system |
US9592110B1 (en) * | 2013-12-06 | 2017-03-14 | Javelin Medical, Ltd. | Systems and methods for implant delivery |
US10675450B2 (en) | 2014-03-12 | 2020-06-09 | Corvia Medical, Inc. | Devices and methods for treating heart failure |
US10004509B2 (en) | 2014-05-02 | 2018-06-26 | W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Anastomosis devices |
US11712230B2 (en) | 2014-05-02 | 2023-08-01 | W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Occluder and anastomosis devices |
US9808230B2 (en) | 2014-06-06 | 2017-11-07 | W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Sealing device and delivery system |
JP6559161B2 (en) | 2014-06-19 | 2019-08-14 | 4テック インコーポレイテッド | Tightening heart tissue |
US9700412B2 (en) * | 2014-06-26 | 2017-07-11 | Mitralix Ltd. | Heart valve repair devices for placement in ventricle and delivery systems for implanting heart valve repair devices |
WO2016014821A1 (en) | 2014-07-23 | 2016-01-28 | Corvia Medical, Inc. | Devices and methods for treating heart failure |
US10932786B2 (en) * | 2014-11-04 | 2021-03-02 | Corvia Medical, Inc. | Devices and methods for treating patent ductus arteriosus |
US9907547B2 (en) | 2014-12-02 | 2018-03-06 | 4Tech Inc. | Off-center tissue anchors |
US10080660B2 (en) * | 2014-12-19 | 2018-09-25 | Paradox Medical Limited | Implantable intracardiac device and methods thereof |
EP3267898B1 (en) * | 2015-03-09 | 2020-11-25 | Boston Scientific Scimed Inc. | Arterial - venous occlusion apparatus |
US10092286B2 (en) | 2015-05-27 | 2018-10-09 | Covidien Lp | Suturing loading unit |
US20170035433A1 (en) | 2015-08-06 | 2017-02-09 | Thomas J. Forbes | Left atrial appendage occluder device anchoring system, anchor, and method of attachment |
US9996712B2 (en) | 2015-09-02 | 2018-06-12 | Endotronix, Inc. | Self test device and method for wireless sensor reader |
US10463492B2 (en) | 2015-11-17 | 2019-11-05 | Edwards Lifesciences Corporation | Systems and devices for setting an anchor |
US11833034B2 (en) | 2016-01-13 | 2023-12-05 | Shifamed Holdings, Llc | Prosthetic cardiac valve devices, systems, and methods |
US11058538B2 (en) * | 2016-03-10 | 2021-07-13 | Charles Somers Living Trust | Synthetic chord for cardiac valve repair applications |
EP3257455A1 (en) * | 2016-06-17 | 2017-12-20 | National University of Ireland, Galway | A fistula treatment device |
US20180049859A1 (en) * | 2016-08-16 | 2018-02-22 | Spartan Micro, Inc. | Intravascular flow diversion devices |
CN109890302B (en) | 2016-10-21 | 2022-10-21 | 贾夫林医疗有限公司 | Systems, methods, and devices for embolic protection |
CA3053497A1 (en) | 2017-02-24 | 2018-08-30 | Endotronix, Inc. | Wireless sensor reader assembly |
US11615257B2 (en) | 2017-02-24 | 2023-03-28 | Endotronix, Inc. | Method for communicating with implant devices |
US11724075B2 (en) | 2017-04-18 | 2023-08-15 | W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Deployment constraining sheath that enables staged deployment by device section |
CA3062861A1 (en) | 2017-04-20 | 2018-10-25 | Endotronix, Inc. | Anchoring system for a catheter delivered device |
KR101976743B1 (en) * | 2017-07-14 | 2019-05-09 | 주식회사 비씨엠 | Stent insertion device for human digestive organ connection |
WO2019046837A1 (en) | 2017-09-02 | 2019-03-07 | Precision Drone Services Intellectual Property, Llc | Seed distribution assembly for an aerial vehicle |
US10806579B2 (en) | 2017-10-20 | 2020-10-20 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Heart valve repair implant for treating tricuspid regurgitation |
US10993807B2 (en) | 2017-11-16 | 2021-05-04 | Medtronic Vascular, Inc. | Systems and methods for percutaneously supporting and manipulating a septal wall |
US11744589B2 (en) | 2018-01-20 | 2023-09-05 | V-Wave Ltd. | Devices and methods for providing passage between heart chambers |
US10898698B1 (en) | 2020-05-04 | 2021-01-26 | V-Wave Ltd. | Devices with dimensions that can be reduced and increased in vivo, and methods of making and using the same |
US12029650B2 (en) | 2018-09-06 | 2024-07-09 | Edwards Lifesciences Corporation | System for treating hypertrophic cardiomyopathy and left ventricular outflow tract obstruction |
WO2020056058A1 (en) | 2018-09-13 | 2020-03-19 | Ozgur Kocaturk | Devices and methods for closing openings in tissue structures |
AU2019353156A1 (en) | 2018-10-05 | 2021-05-13 | Shifamed Holdings, Llc | Prosthetic cardiac valve devices, systems, and methods |
US11759189B2 (en) * | 2018-12-12 | 2023-09-19 | Lap Iq, Inc. | Implantable tissue scaffold |
US12059156B2 (en) * | 2018-12-26 | 2024-08-13 | Endostream Medical Ltd. | Devices for treating vascular malformations |
WO2020191216A1 (en) | 2019-03-19 | 2020-09-24 | Shifamed Holdings, Llc | Prosthetic cardiac valve devices, systems, and methods |
EP3972499A1 (en) | 2019-05-20 | 2022-03-30 | V-Wave Ltd. | Systems and methods for creating an interatrial shunt |
WO2021046087A1 (en) * | 2019-09-03 | 2021-03-11 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Devices for closure of openings in tissue |
CN115500876A (en) * | 2019-12-27 | 2022-12-23 | 四川大学华西医院 | Use of a device for treating patent foramen ovale for the preparation of a device for treating epilepsy and/or migraine |
US11883014B2 (en) * | 2020-05-21 | 2024-01-30 | St. Jude Medical, Cardiology Division, Inc. | Biomaterial occluder delivery mechanism |
US11857417B2 (en) | 2020-08-16 | 2024-01-02 | Trilio Medical Ltd. | Leaflet support |
WO2022047393A1 (en) | 2020-08-31 | 2022-03-03 | Shifamed Holdings, Llc | Prosthetic delivery system |
AU2023252664A1 (en) | 2022-04-14 | 2024-10-17 | V-Wave Ltd. | Interatrial shunt with expanded neck region |
Citations (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20050059984A1 (en) * | 2003-09-11 | 2005-03-17 | Andrzej Chanduszko | Devices, systems, and methods for suturing tissue |
Family Cites Families (453)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US2670673A (en) * | 1950-07-17 | 1954-03-02 | Joyce A Gordon | Fluid injecting device |
US3874388A (en) * | 1973-02-12 | 1975-04-01 | Ochsner Med Found Alton | Shunt defect closure system |
US3875648A (en) | 1973-04-04 | 1975-04-08 | Dennison Mfg Co | Fastener attachment apparatus and method |
US4006747A (en) * | 1975-04-23 | 1977-02-08 | Ethicon, Inc. | Surgical method |
US4007743A (en) * | 1975-10-20 | 1977-02-15 | American Hospital Supply Corporation | Opening mechanism for umbrella-like intravascular shunt defect closure device |
CA1101289A (en) * | 1976-09-07 | 1981-05-19 | Vsesojuzny Nauchno-Issledovatelsky I Ispytatelny Institut Meditsinskoi T Ekhniki | Surgical apparatus for suturing soft tissues with lengths of suturing material with spicules |
US4316460A (en) * | 1979-02-28 | 1982-02-23 | Abbott Laboratories | Gravitational flow system for the sequential administration of medical liquids |
US4802478A (en) * | 1982-03-04 | 1989-02-07 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Medical staple and removal method |
US4546499A (en) | 1982-12-13 | 1985-10-15 | Possis Medical, Inc. | Method of supplying blood to blood receiving vessels |
US4576162A (en) * | 1983-03-30 | 1986-03-18 | Mccorkle Charles E | Apparatus and method for separation of scar tissue in venous pathway |
IL74460A (en) | 1983-09-02 | 1990-01-18 | Istec Ind & Technologies Ltd | Surgical implement particularly useful for suturing prosthetic valves |
US4665906A (en) | 1983-10-14 | 1987-05-19 | Raychem Corporation | Medical devices incorporating sim alloy elements |
US5067957A (en) | 1983-10-14 | 1991-11-26 | Raychem Corporation | Method of inserting medical devices incorporating SIM alloy elements |
US5190546A (en) * | 1983-10-14 | 1993-03-02 | Raychem Corporation | Medical devices incorporating SIM alloy elements |
US5564167A (en) | 1984-06-20 | 1996-10-15 | Hans Oetiker Ag Maschinen -Und Apparatefabrik | Reinforced ear structure for clamps |
US4741336A (en) | 1984-07-16 | 1988-05-03 | Ethicon, Inc. | Shaped staples and slotted receivers (case VII) |
DE3447642C1 (en) * | 1984-12-28 | 1986-09-18 | Bernhard M. Dr. 5600 Wuppertal Cramer | Steerable guidewire for catheters |
US4696300A (en) | 1985-04-11 | 1987-09-29 | Dennison Manufacturing Company | Fastener for joining materials |
US4892098A (en) * | 1985-06-26 | 1990-01-09 | Sauer Jude S | Tubular tissue welding device without moving parts |
US4669473A (en) | 1985-09-06 | 1987-06-02 | Acufex Microsurgical, Inc. | Surgical fastener |
US4705040A (en) | 1985-11-18 | 1987-11-10 | Medi-Tech, Incorporated | Percutaneous fixation of hollow organs |
US4779616A (en) | 1986-02-04 | 1988-10-25 | Johnson Lanny L | Surgical suture-snagging method |
US4721115A (en) * | 1986-02-27 | 1988-01-26 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | Diagnostic catheter for monitoring cardiac output |
DE3710913A1 (en) | 1987-04-01 | 1988-10-13 | Manfred Wolfgang Dr Helzel | PUNCTURE CATHETER |
US5478353A (en) | 1987-05-14 | 1995-12-26 | Yoon; Inbae | Suture tie device system and method for suturing anatomical tissue proximate an opening |
US4836204A (en) | 1987-07-06 | 1989-06-06 | Landymore Roderick W | Method for effecting closure of a perforation in the septum of the heart |
US4850960A (en) | 1987-07-08 | 1989-07-25 | Joseph Grayzel | Diagonally tapered, bevelled tip introducing catheter and sheath and method for insertion |
JPH0431072Y2 (en) | 1988-03-14 | 1992-07-27 | ||
US5372138A (en) | 1988-03-21 | 1994-12-13 | Boston Scientific Corporation | Acousting imaging catheters and the like |
US4878893A (en) | 1988-04-28 | 1989-11-07 | Thomas J. Fogarty | Angioscope with flush solution deflector shield |
CA2004658C (en) | 1988-06-03 | 1995-10-10 | Michael A. Oberlander | Arthroscopic clip and insertion tool |
US4902508A (en) * | 1988-07-11 | 1990-02-20 | Purdue Research Foundation | Tissue graft composition |
US4917089A (en) | 1988-08-29 | 1990-04-17 | Sideris Eleftherios B | Buttoned device for the transvenous occlusion of intracardiac defects |
US4929246A (en) | 1988-10-27 | 1990-05-29 | C. R. Bard, Inc. | Method for closing and sealing an artery after removing a catheter |
US4994069A (en) * | 1988-11-02 | 1991-02-19 | Target Therapeutics | Vaso-occlusion coil and method |
US6171338B1 (en) * | 1988-11-10 | 2001-01-09 | Biocon, Oy | Biodegradable surgical implants and devices |
FR2641692A1 (en) * | 1989-01-17 | 1990-07-20 | Nippon Zeon Co | Plug for closing an opening for a medical application, and device for the closure plug making use thereof |
US5073166A (en) | 1989-02-15 | 1991-12-17 | Medical Innovations Corporation | Method and apparatus for emplacement of a gastrostomy catheter |
US5620461A (en) | 1989-05-29 | 1997-04-15 | Muijs Van De Moer; Wouter M. | Sealing device |
US4985014A (en) * | 1989-07-11 | 1991-01-15 | Orejola Wilmo C | Ventricular venting loop |
US5570671A (en) | 1989-09-18 | 1996-11-05 | The Research Foundation Of State University Of New York | Method for positioning esophageal catheter for determining pressures associated with the left atrium |
US5049153A (en) | 1989-12-26 | 1991-09-17 | Nakao Naomi L | Endoscopic stapling device and method |
US5171259A (en) | 1990-04-02 | 1992-12-15 | Kanji Inoue | Device for nonoperatively occluding a defect |
US5021059A (en) | 1990-05-07 | 1991-06-04 | Kensey Nash Corporation | Plug device with pulley for sealing punctures in tissue and methods of use |
US5037433A (en) | 1990-05-17 | 1991-08-06 | Wilk Peter J | Endoscopic suturing device and related method and suture |
US5041129A (en) | 1990-07-02 | 1991-08-20 | Acufex Microsurgical, Inc. | Slotted suture anchor and method of anchoring a suture |
AU664358B2 (en) * | 1990-10-09 | 1995-11-16 | Medtronic, Inc. | Device or apparatus for manipulating matter |
US5190528A (en) * | 1990-10-19 | 1993-03-02 | Boston University | Percutaneous transseptal left atrial cannulation system |
FR2668698B1 (en) | 1990-11-06 | 1997-06-06 | Ethnor | SURGICAL INSTRUMENT FORMING TROCART. |
US5645557A (en) | 1990-12-18 | 1997-07-08 | Yoon; Inbae | Safety penetrating instrument with triggered penetrating member retraction and safety member protrusion |
US5108420A (en) | 1991-02-01 | 1992-04-28 | Temple University | Aperture occlusion device |
US5112310A (en) | 1991-02-06 | 1992-05-12 | Grobe James L | Apparatus and methods for percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy |
US5257637A (en) | 1991-03-22 | 1993-11-02 | El Gazayerli Mohamed M | Method for suture knot placement and tying |
US5330496A (en) | 1991-05-06 | 1994-07-19 | Alferness Clifton A | Vascular catheter assembly for tissue penetration and for cardiac stimulation and methods thereof |
US5461235A (en) | 1991-06-21 | 1995-10-24 | Cottrell; John S. | Mass spectrometry apparatus and method relating thereto |
US5766151A (en) | 1991-07-16 | 1998-06-16 | Heartport, Inc. | Endovascular system for arresting the heart |
US5879499A (en) * | 1996-06-17 | 1999-03-09 | Heartport, Inc. | Method of manufacture of a multi-lumen catheter |
US5558644A (en) | 1991-07-16 | 1996-09-24 | Heartport, Inc. | Retrograde delivery catheter and method for inducing cardioplegic arrest |
US5769812A (en) | 1991-07-16 | 1998-06-23 | Heartport, Inc. | System for cardiac procedures |
US5584803A (en) | 1991-07-16 | 1996-12-17 | Heartport, Inc. | System for cardiac procedures |
US6866650B2 (en) | 1991-07-16 | 2005-03-15 | Heartport, Inc. | System for cardiac procedures |
US5735290A (en) * | 1993-02-22 | 1998-04-07 | Heartport, Inc. | Methods and systems for performing thoracoscopic coronary bypass and other procedures |
US5219358A (en) | 1991-08-29 | 1993-06-15 | Ethicon, Inc. | Shape memory effect surgical needles |
US5741429A (en) | 1991-09-05 | 1998-04-21 | Cardia Catheter Company | Flexible tubular device for use in medical applications |
US5281234A (en) * | 1991-10-30 | 1994-01-25 | Wilk Peter J | Laparoscopic surgical method and related instrument assembly |
DE69229539T2 (en) | 1991-11-05 | 2000-02-17 | Children's Medical Center Corp., Boston | Occlusion device for repairing heart and vascular defects |
CA2082090C (en) | 1991-11-05 | 2004-04-27 | Jack Fagan | Improved occluder for repair of cardiac and vascular defects |
US5190050A (en) * | 1991-11-08 | 1993-03-02 | Electro-Catheter Corporation | Tip deflectable steerable catheter |
US5222974A (en) | 1991-11-08 | 1993-06-29 | Kensey Nash Corporation | Hemostatic puncture closure system and method of use |
US5282827A (en) * | 1991-11-08 | 1994-02-01 | Kensey Nash Corporation | Hemostatic puncture closure system and method of use |
US5423882A (en) | 1991-12-26 | 1995-06-13 | Cordis-Webster, Inc. | Catheter having electrode with annular recess and method of using same |
US5171218A (en) | 1992-01-02 | 1992-12-15 | Trustees Of Boston University | Bidirectional femoral arterial cannula |
US5919231A (en) | 1992-01-10 | 1999-07-06 | Hansa Medical Products, Inc. | Delivery system for voice prosthesis |
EP0623003B1 (en) | 1992-01-21 | 1999-03-31 | Regents Of The University Of Minnesota | Septal defect closure device |
IL100721A (en) | 1992-01-21 | 1996-12-05 | Milo Simcha | Punch for opening passages between two compartments |
US5649950A (en) | 1992-01-22 | 1997-07-22 | C. R. Bard | System for the percutaneous transluminal front-end loading delivery and retrieval of a prosthetic occluder |
US5290272A (en) * | 1992-03-16 | 1994-03-01 | Helios Inc. | Method for the joining of ocular tissues using laser light |
JP2525724B2 (en) | 1992-04-09 | 1996-08-21 | メドトロニック インコーポレーテッド | Lead Induction Needle with Mechanical Release Valve |
US5318525A (en) | 1992-04-10 | 1994-06-07 | Medtronic Cardiorhythm | Steerable electrode catheter |
US5236440A (en) | 1992-04-14 | 1993-08-17 | American Cyanamid Company | Surgical fastener |
JPH07506991A (en) | 1992-04-23 | 1995-08-03 | シメッド ライフ システムズ インコーポレイテッド | Apparatus and method for sealing vascular punctures |
US5250054A (en) | 1992-05-01 | 1993-10-05 | Li Medical Technologies, Inc. | Intracorporeal knot tying apparatus and method |
DE4215449C1 (en) | 1992-05-11 | 1993-09-02 | Ethicon Gmbh & Co Kg, 2000 Norderstedt, De | |
US5334191A (en) | 1992-05-21 | 1994-08-02 | Dix Phillip Poppas | Laser tissue welding control system |
US5250055A (en) | 1992-06-08 | 1993-10-05 | Orthopedic Systems Inc. | Method and apparatus for tying suture to bone |
DE4222291C1 (en) | 1992-07-07 | 1994-01-20 | Krmek Mirko | Prosthesis for closing atrial or ventricular-septal defect - comprises two equally shaped units of elastic sprung material with six radially running arms spaced apart by equal edges |
US5312341A (en) * | 1992-08-14 | 1994-05-17 | Wayne State University | Retaining apparatus and procedure for transseptal catheterization |
US5443478A (en) | 1992-09-02 | 1995-08-22 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Multi-element intravascular occlusion device |
US5387227A (en) * | 1992-09-10 | 1995-02-07 | Grice; O. Drew | Method for use of a laparo-suture needle |
CA2106127A1 (en) | 1992-09-23 | 1994-03-24 | Peter W.J. Hinchliffe | Instrument for closing trocar puncture wounds |
US5431696A (en) | 1992-10-13 | 1995-07-11 | Atlee, Iii; John L. | Esophageal probe for transeophageal cardiac stimulation |
US5304184A (en) | 1992-10-19 | 1994-04-19 | Indiana University Foundation | Apparatus and method for positive closure of an internal tissue membrane opening |
US5290278A (en) * | 1992-10-20 | 1994-03-01 | Proclosure Inc. | Method and apparatus for applying thermal energy to luminal tissue |
US5304185A (en) | 1992-11-04 | 1994-04-19 | Unisurge, Inc. | Needle holder |
US5300065A (en) | 1992-11-06 | 1994-04-05 | Proclosure Inc. | Method and apparatus for simultaneously holding and sealing tissue |
US6653291B1 (en) | 1992-11-13 | 2003-11-25 | Purdue Research Foundation | Composition and method for production of transformed cells |
US5643317A (en) | 1992-11-25 | 1997-07-01 | William Cook Europe S.A. | Closure prosthesis for transcatheter placement |
US5357979A (en) | 1992-12-01 | 1994-10-25 | Intelliwire, Inc. | Flexible elongate device having a distal extremity with current controlled adjustable stiffness and adjustable bend location and method |
US5814097A (en) | 1992-12-03 | 1998-09-29 | Heartport, Inc. | Devices and methods for intracardiac procedures |
US6283127B1 (en) | 1992-12-03 | 2001-09-04 | Wesley D. Sterman | Devices and methods for intracardiac procedures |
US5383852A (en) * | 1992-12-04 | 1995-01-24 | C. R. Bard, Inc. | Catheter with independent proximal and distal control |
US5417699A (en) | 1992-12-10 | 1995-05-23 | Perclose Incorporated | Device and method for the percutaneous suturing of a vascular puncture site |
US6036699A (en) * | 1992-12-10 | 2000-03-14 | Perclose, Inc. | Device and method for suturing tissue |
US5284488A (en) * | 1992-12-23 | 1994-02-08 | Sideris Eleftherios B | Adjustable devices for the occlusion of cardiac defects |
US5417713A (en) | 1993-02-09 | 1995-05-23 | Leonard Bloom | Transesophageal defibrillating system |
US5728151A (en) * | 1993-02-22 | 1998-03-17 | Heartport, Inc. | Intercostal access devices for less-invasive cardiovascular surgery |
US6346074B1 (en) * | 1993-02-22 | 2002-02-12 | Heartport, Inc. | Devices for less invasive intracardiac interventions |
US5797960A (en) | 1993-02-22 | 1998-08-25 | Stevens; John H. | Method and apparatus for thoracoscopic intracardiac procedures |
US5330488A (en) | 1993-03-23 | 1994-07-19 | Goldrath Milton H | Verres needle suturing kit |
US5503634A (en) | 1993-04-28 | 1996-04-02 | Christy; William J. | Surgical stab wound closure device and method |
US5312435A (en) | 1993-05-17 | 1994-05-17 | Kensey Nash Corporation | Fail predictable, reinforced anchor for hemostatic puncture closure |
US5364410A (en) | 1993-05-28 | 1994-11-15 | Ethicon, Inc. | Percutaneous suture externalizer |
US5571088A (en) | 1993-07-01 | 1996-11-05 | Boston Scientific Corporation | Ablation catheters |
US5462561A (en) | 1993-08-05 | 1995-10-31 | Voda; Jan K. | Suture device |
US5725554A (en) * | 1993-10-08 | 1998-03-10 | Richard-Allan Medical Industries, Inc. | Surgical staple and stapler |
US5462560A (en) | 1993-10-08 | 1995-10-31 | Tahoe Surgical Instruments | Double needle ligature device |
US5722981A (en) * | 1993-10-08 | 1998-03-03 | Tahoe Surgical Instruments | Double needle ligature device |
US5618290A (en) | 1993-10-19 | 1997-04-08 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Endoscopic suture passer and method |
US5640955A (en) * | 1995-02-14 | 1997-06-24 | Daig Corporation | Guiding introducers for use in the treatment of accessory pathways around the mitral valve using a retrograde approach |
US5564440A (en) * | 1993-11-03 | 1996-10-15 | Daig Corporation | Method for mopping and/or ablation of anomalous conduction pathways |
US5409469A (en) | 1993-11-04 | 1995-04-25 | Medtronic, Inc. | Introducer system having kink resistant splittable sheath |
JP3185906B2 (en) | 1993-11-26 | 2001-07-11 | ニプロ株式会社 | Prosthesis for atrial septal defect |
US5759170A (en) | 1993-11-30 | 1998-06-02 | Heartport, Inc. | Method for intraluminally inducing cardioplegic arrest and catheter for use therein |
RU2089131C1 (en) | 1993-12-28 | 1997-09-10 | Сергей Апполонович Пульнев | Stent-expander |
US5545138A (en) | 1994-02-28 | 1996-08-13 | Medtronic, Inc. | Adjustable stiffness dilatation catheter |
US5394880A (en) * | 1994-03-17 | 1995-03-07 | Atlee, Iii; John L. | Esophageal stethoscope |
JPH07265329A (en) * | 1994-03-31 | 1995-10-17 | Fuji Photo Optical Co Ltd | Puncture high frequency treatment device |
US5601571A (en) * | 1994-05-17 | 1997-02-11 | Moss; Gerald | Surgical fastener implantation device |
US5478309A (en) | 1994-05-27 | 1995-12-26 | William P. Sweezer, Jr. | Catheter system and method for providing cardiopulmonary bypass pump support during heart surgery |
WO1995032671A1 (en) | 1994-06-01 | 1995-12-07 | Perclose, Inc. | Method and device for providing vascular hemostasis |
US5725552A (en) | 1994-07-08 | 1998-03-10 | Aga Medical Corporation | Percutaneous catheter directed intravascular occlusion devices |
US6090084A (en) | 1994-07-08 | 2000-07-18 | Daig Corporation | Shaped guiding introducers for use with a catheter for the treatment of atrial arrhythmia |
EP1695673A3 (en) | 1994-07-08 | 2009-07-08 | ev3 Inc. | Intravascular filtering device |
US5573540A (en) | 1994-07-18 | 1996-11-12 | Yoon; Inbae | Apparatus and method for suturing an opening in anatomical tissue |
US6152141A (en) | 1994-07-28 | 2000-11-28 | Heartport, Inc. | Method for delivery of therapeutic agents to the heart |
US5582616A (en) | 1994-08-05 | 1996-12-10 | Origin Medsystems, Inc. | Surgical helical fastener with applicator |
US5433727A (en) | 1994-08-16 | 1995-07-18 | Sideris; Eleftherios B. | Centering buttoned device for the occlusion of large defects for occluding |
US5573542A (en) | 1994-08-17 | 1996-11-12 | Tahoe Surgical Instruments-Puerto Rico | Endoscopic suture placement tool |
US5474573A (en) | 1994-08-22 | 1995-12-12 | Hatcher; Charles W. | Toggle suture handling means and method |
US5577299A (en) | 1994-08-26 | 1996-11-26 | Thompson; Carl W. | Quick-release mechanical knot apparatus |
US5662643A (en) | 1994-09-28 | 1997-09-02 | Abiomed R & D, Inc. | Laser welding system |
US5618311A (en) | 1994-09-28 | 1997-04-08 | Gryskiewicz; Joseph M. | Surgical subcuticular fastener system |
DE4440346A1 (en) | 1994-11-13 | 1996-05-15 | Daum Gmbh | Puncture instrument |
US5554162A (en) | 1994-12-02 | 1996-09-10 | Delange; Gregory S. | Method and device for surgically joining luminal structures |
US5879366A (en) * | 1996-12-20 | 1999-03-09 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Self-expanding defect closure device and method of making and using |
US6171329B1 (en) * | 1994-12-19 | 2001-01-09 | Gore Enterprise Holdings, Inc. | Self-expanding defect closure device and method of making and using |
US5702421A (en) | 1995-01-11 | 1997-12-30 | Schneidt; Bernhard | Closure device for closing a vascular opening, such as patent ductus arteriosus |
US5527388A (en) | 1995-01-25 | 1996-06-18 | W. R. Grace & Co.-Conn. | Corrosion inhibiting formulations with calcium nitrite |
US5634936A (en) | 1995-02-06 | 1997-06-03 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Device for closing a septal defect |
US5968076A (en) | 1995-03-03 | 1999-10-19 | United States Surgical Corporation | Channel-bodied surgical needle and method of manufacture |
US5605696A (en) * | 1995-03-30 | 1997-02-25 | Advanced Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. | Drug loaded polymeric material and method of manufacture |
WO1996030073A1 (en) | 1995-03-30 | 1996-10-03 | Heartport, Inc. | Endovascular cardiac venting catheter and method |
US5733337A (en) | 1995-04-07 | 1998-03-31 | Organogenesis, Inc. | Tissue repair fabric |
US5711969A (en) | 1995-04-07 | 1998-01-27 | Purdue Research Foundation | Large area submucosal tissue graft constructs |
US6322548B1 (en) | 1995-05-10 | 2001-11-27 | Eclipse Surgical Technologies | Delivery catheter system for heart chamber |
US5658280A (en) | 1995-05-22 | 1997-08-19 | Issa; Muta M. | Resectoscope electrode assembly with simultaneous cutting and coagulation |
US6132438A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 2000-10-17 | Ep Technologies, Inc. | Devices for installing stasis reducing means in body tissue |
US5827216A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1998-10-27 | Cormedics Corp. | Method and apparatus for accessing the pericardial space |
US5709224A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1998-01-20 | Radiotherapeutics Corporation | Method and device for permanent vessel occlusion |
WO1996039946A1 (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1996-12-19 | Raychem Corporation | Wound closure device |
US5662621A (en) | 1995-07-06 | 1997-09-02 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Guide catheter with shape memory retention |
US6562052B2 (en) | 1995-08-24 | 2003-05-13 | Sutura, Inc. | Suturing device and method |
US6117144A (en) * | 1995-08-24 | 2000-09-12 | Sutura, Inc. | Suturing device and method for sealing an opening in a blood vessel or other biological structure |
US5836311A (en) * | 1995-09-20 | 1998-11-17 | Medtronic, Inc. | Method and apparatus for temporarily immobilizing a local area of tissue |
JP3293118B2 (en) * | 1995-10-18 | 2002-06-17 | ニプロ株式会社 | Catheter assembly for endocardial suture surgery |
WO1997016119A1 (en) * | 1995-10-30 | 1997-05-09 | Children's Medical Center Corporation | Self-centering umbrella-type septal closure device |
US5868753A (en) * | 1995-11-13 | 1999-02-09 | Schatz; Richard A. | Stent retrieval catheter |
SE9504334D0 (en) | 1995-12-04 | 1995-12-04 | Pacesetter Ab | Guidewire assembly |
US6915149B2 (en) | 1996-01-08 | 2005-07-05 | Biosense, Inc. | Method of pacing a heart using implantable device |
US6015417A (en) * | 1996-01-25 | 2000-01-18 | Reynolds, Jr.; Walker | Surgical fastener |
DE19604817C2 (en) * | 1996-02-09 | 2003-06-12 | Pfm Prod Fuer Die Med Ag | Device for closing defect openings in the human or animal body |
US5733294A (en) * | 1996-02-28 | 1998-03-31 | B. Braun Medical, Inc. | Self expanding cardiovascular occlusion device, method of using and method of making the same |
US5853422A (en) | 1996-03-22 | 1998-12-29 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Apparatus and method for closing a septal defect |
US5980503A (en) | 1996-04-08 | 1999-11-09 | Guidant Corporation | Endoscopic cardioplegia infusion cannula and method of use |
AR001590A1 (en) * | 1996-04-10 | 1997-11-26 | Jorge Alberto Baccaro | Abnormal vascular communications occluder device and applicator cartridge of said device |
US5868703A (en) | 1996-04-10 | 1999-02-09 | Endoscopic Technologies, Inc. | Multichannel catheter |
US6821265B1 (en) | 1996-04-10 | 2004-11-23 | Endoscopic Technologies, Inc. | Multichannel catheter |
US6110145A (en) | 1996-04-16 | 2000-08-29 | Cardeon Corporation | Catheter system for surgical access and circulatory support of the heart |
US5713867A (en) * | 1996-04-29 | 1998-02-03 | Medtronic, Inc. | Introducer system having kink resistant splittable sheath |
US6735471B2 (en) | 1996-04-30 | 2004-05-11 | Medtronic, Inc. | Method and system for endotracheal/esophageal stimulation prior to and during a medical procedure |
US6532388B1 (en) * | 1996-04-30 | 2003-03-11 | Medtronic, Inc. | Method and system for endotracheal/esophageal stimulation prior to and during a medical procedure |
EP0900051A1 (en) | 1996-05-08 | 1999-03-10 | Salviac Limited | An occluder device |
US6488706B1 (en) | 1996-05-08 | 2002-12-03 | Carag Ag | Device for plugging an opening such as in a wall of a hollow or tubular organ |
US5893856A (en) | 1996-06-12 | 1999-04-13 | Mitek Surgical Products, Inc. | Apparatus and method for binding a first layer of material to a second layer of material |
JP3304346B2 (en) | 1996-06-20 | 2002-07-22 | ニプロ株式会社 | Suture for endocardial suture surgery |
ITFI960154A1 (en) | 1996-06-27 | 1997-12-29 | Giglio Mauro Del | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR THERAPY OF ATRIAL HYPERKINETIC ARRHYTHMIA |
GB9614950D0 (en) | 1996-07-16 | 1996-09-04 | Anson Medical Ltd | A ductus stent and delivery catheter |
US5755682A (en) | 1996-08-13 | 1998-05-26 | Heartstent Corporation | Method and apparatus for performing coronary artery bypass surgery |
WO1998007375A1 (en) | 1996-08-22 | 1998-02-26 | The Trustees Of Columbia University | Endovascular flexible stapling device |
US6071271A (en) | 1996-09-05 | 2000-06-06 | Baxter Research Medical, Inc. | Cardiopulmonary catheter system |
US5810884A (en) | 1996-09-09 | 1998-09-22 | Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center | Apparatus and method for closing a vascular perforation after percutaneous puncture of a blood vessel in a living subject |
AU5853298A (en) | 1996-09-10 | 1998-04-17 | Fred G. Gobel | Stomach probe |
US5713911A (en) * | 1996-10-03 | 1998-02-03 | United States Surgical Corporation | Surgical clip |
US5755778A (en) | 1996-10-16 | 1998-05-26 | Nitinol Medical Technologies, Inc. | Anastomosis device |
US5861003A (en) * | 1996-10-23 | 1999-01-19 | The Cleveland Clinic Foundation | Apparatus and method for occluding a defect or aperture within body surface |
FR2755481B1 (en) | 1996-11-07 | 1998-12-24 | Lohr Ind | DEVICE FOR HOLDING IN POSITION AND UNDER LOAD OF A HYDRAULIC CYLINDER |
US5910150A (en) | 1996-12-02 | 1999-06-08 | Angiotrax, Inc. | Apparatus for performing surgery |
US6086539A (en) | 1996-12-04 | 2000-07-11 | Acuson Corporation | Methods and apparatus for ultrasound image quantification |
EP0961595B1 (en) * | 1996-12-10 | 2003-09-10 | Purdue Research Foundation | Tubular submucosal graft constructs |
US5776162A (en) | 1997-01-03 | 1998-07-07 | Nitinol Medical Technologies, Inc. | Vessel implantable shape memory appliance with superelastic hinged joint |
US5714297A (en) * | 1997-01-06 | 1998-02-03 | Xerox Corporation | Liquid developer compositions with rhodamine |
JP3134287B2 (en) | 1997-01-30 | 2001-02-13 | 株式会社ニッショー | Catheter assembly for endocardial suture surgery |
JP3134288B2 (en) | 1997-01-30 | 2001-02-13 | 株式会社ニッショー | Endocardial suture surgery tool |
US6464645B1 (en) | 1997-01-31 | 2002-10-15 | Acuson Corporation | Ultrasonic transducer assembly controller |
US5782860A (en) | 1997-02-11 | 1998-07-21 | Biointerventional Corporation | Closure device for percutaneous occlusion of puncture sites and tracts in the human body and method |
US6275730B1 (en) | 1997-03-14 | 2001-08-14 | Uab Research Foundation | Method and apparatus for treating cardiac arrythmia |
US5911717A (en) | 1997-03-17 | 1999-06-15 | Precision Vascular Systems, Inc. | Catheter deliverable thrombogenic apparatus and method |
US6090096A (en) | 1997-04-23 | 2000-07-18 | Heartport, Inc. | Antegrade cardioplegia catheter and method |
US6012457A (en) | 1997-07-08 | 2000-01-11 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Device and method for forming a circumferential conduction block in a pulmonary vein |
US5908428A (en) | 1997-05-27 | 1999-06-01 | United States Surgical Corporation | Stitching devices for heart valve replacement surgery |
US6432059B2 (en) | 1997-06-12 | 2002-08-13 | The Research Foundation Of State University Of New York | Method and apparatus for more precisely determined mean left atrial pressure |
US6001110A (en) * | 1997-06-20 | 1999-12-14 | Boston Scientific Corporation | Hemostatic clips |
US6071292A (en) | 1997-06-28 | 2000-06-06 | Transvascular, Inc. | Transluminal methods and devices for closing, forming attachments to, and/or forming anastomotic junctions in, luminal anatomical structures |
US6030007A (en) * | 1997-07-07 | 2000-02-29 | Hughes Electronics Corporation | Continually adjustable nonreturn knot |
AT405126B (en) | 1997-07-10 | 1999-05-25 | Graf Reinhard | COORDINATE GUIDE SYSTEM AND REFERENCE POSITIONING SYSTEM |
GB2327614B (en) | 1997-07-30 | 2002-03-06 | Univ Dundee | A hypodermic needle |
US6174322B1 (en) | 1997-08-08 | 2001-01-16 | Cardia, Inc. | Occlusion device for the closure of a physical anomaly such as a vascular aperture or an aperture in a septum |
US6060454A (en) | 1997-08-08 | 2000-05-09 | Duke University | Compositions, apparatus and methods for facilitating surgical procedures |
US6013052A (en) * | 1997-09-04 | 2000-01-11 | Ep Technologies, Inc. | Catheter and piston-type actuation device for use with same |
US5972013A (en) | 1997-09-19 | 1999-10-26 | Comedicus Incorporated | Direct pericardial access device with deflecting mechanism and method |
US6592552B1 (en) | 1997-09-19 | 2003-07-15 | Cecil C. Schmidt | Direct pericardial access device and method |
US6179809B1 (en) * | 1997-09-24 | 2001-01-30 | Eclipse Surgical Technologies, Inc. | Drug delivery catheter with tip alignment |
US5902319A (en) | 1997-09-25 | 1999-05-11 | Daley; Robert J. | Bioabsorbable staples |
US5895404A (en) | 1997-09-29 | 1999-04-20 | Ruiz; Carlos E. | Apparatus and methods for percutaneously forming a passageway between adjacent vessels or portions of a vessel |
US5967977A (en) | 1997-10-03 | 1999-10-19 | Medtronic, Inc. | Transesophageal medical lead |
WO1999018870A1 (en) | 1997-10-10 | 1999-04-22 | Hearten Medical, Inc. | A balloon catheter for causing thermal trauma to a patent foramen ovale and method of using the balloon catheter |
WO1999018864A1 (en) | 1997-10-10 | 1999-04-22 | Hearten Medical, Inc. | A balloon catheter for abrading a patent foramen ovale and method of using the balloon catheter |
WO1999018871A1 (en) | 1997-10-10 | 1999-04-22 | Hearten Medical, Inc. | A catheter for causing thermal trauma to a patent foramen ovale and method of using the catheter |
AU9693198A (en) | 1997-10-10 | 1999-05-03 | Hearten Medical, Inc. | A catheter device for abrading a patent foramen ovale and method of using the device |
US6135981A (en) | 1997-10-22 | 2000-10-24 | Dyke; Charles C. | Protective aortic occlusion catheter |
US5989268A (en) | 1997-10-28 | 1999-11-23 | Boston Scientific Corporation | Endoscopic hemostatic clipping device |
US6749617B1 (en) | 1997-11-04 | 2004-06-15 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Catheter and implants for the delivery of therapeutic agents to tissues |
US5928181A (en) | 1997-11-21 | 1999-07-27 | Advanced International Technologies, Inc. | Cardiac bypass catheter system and method of use |
US5976174A (en) | 1997-12-15 | 1999-11-02 | Ruiz; Carlos E. | Medical hole closure device and methods of use |
US6036720A (en) | 1997-12-15 | 2000-03-14 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Sheet metal aneurysm neck bridge |
US6699231B1 (en) | 1997-12-31 | 2004-03-02 | Heartport, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for perfusion of isolated tissue structure |
US6994713B2 (en) * | 1998-01-30 | 2006-02-07 | St. Jude Medical Atg, Inc. | Medical graft connector or plug structures, and methods of making and installing same |
US5944738A (en) | 1998-02-06 | 1999-08-31 | Aga Medical Corporation | Percutaneous catheter directed constricting occlusion device |
US6280460B1 (en) | 1998-02-13 | 2001-08-28 | Heartport, Inc. | Devices and methods for performing vascular anastomosis |
US6126658A (en) | 1998-02-19 | 2000-10-03 | Baker; James A. | Radiofrequency medical instrument and methods for vessel welding |
US7090683B2 (en) | 1998-02-24 | 2006-08-15 | Hansen Medical, Inc. | Flexible instrument |
US6095997A (en) | 1998-03-04 | 2000-08-01 | Corvascular, Inc. | Intraluminal shunt and methods of use |
US6308090B1 (en) | 1998-03-09 | 2001-10-23 | Irvine Biomedical, Inc. | Devices and methods for coronary sinus mapping |
JP3799810B2 (en) | 1998-03-30 | 2006-07-19 | ニプロ株式会社 | Transcatheter surgery closure plug and catheter assembly |
US5993475A (en) | 1998-04-22 | 1999-11-30 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. | Tissue repair device |
US6113609A (en) | 1998-05-26 | 2000-09-05 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Implantable tissue fastener and system for treating gastroesophageal reflux disease |
US6113611A (en) | 1998-05-28 | 2000-09-05 | Advanced Vascular Technologies, Llc | Surgical fastener and delivery system |
US7452371B2 (en) | 1999-06-02 | 2008-11-18 | Cook Incorporated | Implantable vascular device |
US6361559B1 (en) * | 1998-06-10 | 2002-03-26 | Converge Medical, Inc. | Thermal securing anastomosis systems |
US6328822B1 (en) | 1998-06-26 | 2001-12-11 | Kiyohito Ishida | Functionally graded alloy, use thereof and method for producing same |
US6302903B1 (en) | 1998-07-07 | 2001-10-16 | Medtronic, Inc. | Straight needle apparatus for creating a virtual electrode used for the ablation of tissue |
US6165183A (en) | 1998-07-15 | 2000-12-26 | St. Jude Medical, Inc. | Mitral and tricuspid valve repair |
JP4187930B2 (en) | 1998-08-03 | 2008-11-26 | アンソン メディカル リミテッド | Arterial repair device and method |
US6093199A (en) | 1998-08-05 | 2000-07-25 | Endovascular Technologies, Inc. | Intra-luminal device for treatment of body cavities and lumens and method of use |
US6102887A (en) * | 1998-08-11 | 2000-08-15 | Biocardia, Inc. | Catheter drug delivery system and method for use |
JP2002523152A (en) | 1998-08-19 | 2002-07-30 | クック インコーポレイティド | Preformed wire guide |
US6149664A (en) | 1998-08-27 | 2000-11-21 | Micrus Corporation | Shape memory pusher introducer for vasoocclusive devices |
US6270490B1 (en) | 1998-09-08 | 2001-08-07 | Embol-X, Inc. | Venous drainage catheter and method of use |
US5919200A (en) | 1998-10-09 | 1999-07-06 | Hearten Medical, Inc. | Balloon catheter for abrading a patent foramen ovale and method of using the balloon catheter |
US6051014A (en) * | 1998-10-13 | 2000-04-18 | Embol-X, Inc. | Percutaneous filtration catheter for valve repair surgery and methods of use |
US6162202A (en) | 1998-10-26 | 2000-12-19 | Sicurelli; Robert | Flexible syringe needle |
US6152144A (en) | 1998-11-06 | 2000-11-28 | Appriva Medical, Inc. | Method and device for left atrial appendage occlusion |
US7713282B2 (en) | 1998-11-06 | 2010-05-11 | Atritech, Inc. | Detachable atrial appendage occlusion balloon |
US7044134B2 (en) | 1999-11-08 | 2006-05-16 | Ev3 Sunnyvale, Inc | Method of implanting a device in the left atrial appendage |
JP3906475B2 (en) * | 1998-12-22 | 2007-04-18 | ニプロ株式会社 | Transcatheter surgery closure plug and catheter assembly |
US6142975A (en) | 1998-12-31 | 2000-11-07 | Advanced Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. | Guidewire having braided wire over drawn tube construction |
US6228097B1 (en) | 1999-01-22 | 2001-05-08 | Scion International, Inc. | Surgical instrument for clipping and cutting blood vessels and organic structures |
US6231551B1 (en) | 1999-03-01 | 2001-05-15 | Coaxia, Inc. | Partial aortic occlusion devices and methods for cerebral perfusion augmentation |
US6352531B1 (en) * | 1999-03-24 | 2002-03-05 | Micrus Corporation | Variable stiffness optical fiber shaft |
US6179039B1 (en) * | 1999-03-25 | 2001-01-30 | Visteon Global Technologies, Inc. | Method of reducing distortion in a spray formed rapid tool |
US6277139B1 (en) | 1999-04-01 | 2001-08-21 | Scion Cardio-Vascular, Inc. | Vascular protection and embolic material retriever |
US6277138B1 (en) | 1999-08-17 | 2001-08-21 | Scion Cardio-Vascular, Inc. | Filter for embolic material mounted on expandable frame |
WO2000060995A2 (en) | 1999-04-09 | 2000-10-19 | Evalve, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for cardiac valve repair |
JP2000300571A (en) | 1999-04-19 | 2000-10-31 | Nissho Corp | Closure plug for transcatheter operation |
US6206907B1 (en) * | 1999-05-07 | 2001-03-27 | Cardia, Inc. | Occlusion device with stranded wire support arms |
US6712836B1 (en) | 1999-05-13 | 2004-03-30 | St. Jude Medical Atg, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for closing septal defects and occluding blood flow |
US6656206B2 (en) | 1999-05-13 | 2003-12-02 | Cardia, Inc. | Occlusion device with non-thrombogenic properties |
US6379368B1 (en) | 1999-05-13 | 2002-04-30 | Cardia, Inc. | Occlusion device with non-thrombogenic properties |
US6488689B1 (en) | 1999-05-20 | 2002-12-03 | Aaron V. Kaplan | Methods and apparatus for transpericardial left atrial appendage closure |
US6497698B1 (en) | 1999-05-20 | 2002-12-24 | Cardiac Assist, Inc. | Method and apparatus for treating a patient |
US6165204A (en) | 1999-06-11 | 2000-12-26 | Scion International, Inc. | Shaped suture clip, appliance and method therefor |
US6821285B2 (en) | 1999-06-22 | 2004-11-23 | Ndo Surgical, Inc. | Tissue reconfiguration |
US6663639B1 (en) | 1999-06-22 | 2003-12-16 | Ndo Surgical, Inc. | Methods and devices for tissue reconfiguration |
US7618426B2 (en) * | 2002-12-11 | 2009-11-17 | Usgi Medical, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for forming gastrointestinal tissue approximations |
US7744613B2 (en) | 1999-06-25 | 2010-06-29 | Usgi Medical, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for forming and securing gastrointestinal tissue folds |
US6626899B2 (en) * | 1999-06-25 | 2003-09-30 | Nidus Medical, Llc | Apparatus and methods for treating tissue |
US6306424B1 (en) | 1999-06-30 | 2001-10-23 | Ethicon, Inc. | Foam composite for the repair or regeneration of tissue |
US6245080B1 (en) | 1999-07-13 | 2001-06-12 | Scion Cardio-Vascular, Inc. | Suture with toggle and delivery system |
US6398796B2 (en) | 1999-07-13 | 2002-06-04 | Scion Cardio-Vascular, Inc. | Suture with toggle and delivery system |
US6206895B1 (en) * | 1999-07-13 | 2001-03-27 | Scion Cardio-Vascular, Inc. | Suture with toggle and delivery system |
US7892246B2 (en) | 1999-07-28 | 2011-02-22 | Bioconnect Systems, Inc. | Devices and methods for interconnecting conduits and closing openings in tissue |
US6706033B1 (en) | 1999-08-02 | 2004-03-16 | Edwards Lifesciences Corporation | Modular access port for device delivery |
US6280432B1 (en) | 1999-08-04 | 2001-08-28 | Embol-X, Inc. | Clip-on access port and methods of use |
US6560489B2 (en) | 1999-08-24 | 2003-05-06 | Em Vascular, Inc. | Therapeutic device and method for treating diseases of cardiac muscle |
US6632223B1 (en) | 2000-03-30 | 2003-10-14 | The General Hospital Corporation | Pulmonary vein ablation stent and method |
US6231561B1 (en) | 1999-09-20 | 2001-05-15 | Appriva Medical, Inc. | Method and apparatus for closing a body lumen |
ES2293922T3 (en) | 1999-09-20 | 2008-04-01 | Atritech, Inc. | APPARATUS TO CLOSE A BODY LUMEN. |
US6939361B1 (en) | 1999-09-22 | 2005-09-06 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Guidewire for a free standing intervascular device having an integral stop mechanism |
US6626930B1 (en) | 1999-10-21 | 2003-09-30 | Edwards Lifesciences Corporation | Minimally invasive mitral valve repair method and apparatus |
US6551303B1 (en) | 1999-10-27 | 2003-04-22 | Atritech, Inc. | Barrier device for ostium of left atrial appendage |
US6613062B1 (en) | 1999-10-29 | 2003-09-02 | Medtronic, Inc. | Method and apparatus for providing intra-pericardial access |
US6387104B1 (en) | 1999-11-12 | 2002-05-14 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Method and apparatus for endoscopic repair of the lower esophageal sphincter |
US6666846B1 (en) | 1999-11-12 | 2003-12-23 | Edwards Lifesciences Corporation | Medical device introducer and obturator and methods of use |
US7335426B2 (en) * | 1999-11-19 | 2008-02-26 | Advanced Bio Prosthetic Surfaces, Ltd. | High strength vacuum deposited nitinol alloy films and method of making same |
US20010041914A1 (en) | 1999-11-22 | 2001-11-15 | Frazier Andrew G.C. | Tissue patch deployment catheter |
US6689062B1 (en) * | 1999-11-23 | 2004-02-10 | Microaccess Medical Systems, Inc. | Method and apparatus for transesophageal cardiovascular procedures |
US6790218B2 (en) * | 1999-12-23 | 2004-09-14 | Swaminathan Jayaraman | Occlusive coil manufacture and delivery |
DE10000137A1 (en) | 2000-01-04 | 2001-07-12 | Pfm Prod Fuer Die Med Ag | Implantate for closing defect apertures in human or animal bodies, bearing structure of which can be reversed from secondary to primary form by elastic force |
US6780197B2 (en) * | 2000-01-05 | 2004-08-24 | Integrated Vascular Systems, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for delivering a vascular closure device to a body lumen |
US6626841B1 (en) * | 2000-01-21 | 2003-09-30 | Atlee, Iii John L. | Carrier for mounting transesophageal recording, monitoring or stimulation devices to an esophageal stethoscope |
US7507252B2 (en) | 2000-01-31 | 2009-03-24 | Edwards Lifesciences Ag | Adjustable transluminal annuloplasty system |
CA2398967A1 (en) | 2000-02-01 | 2001-08-09 | Albert C. Lardo | Magnetic resonance imaging transseptal needle antenna |
GB2359024A (en) | 2000-02-09 | 2001-08-15 | Anson Medical Ltd | Fixator for arteries |
US6706047B2 (en) | 2000-02-15 | 2004-03-16 | Eva Corporation | Suture support assembly |
US6478776B1 (en) | 2000-04-05 | 2002-11-12 | Biocardia, Inc. | Implant delivery catheter system and methods for its use |
US6585716B2 (en) | 2000-04-05 | 2003-07-01 | Biocardia, Inc. | Method of treating the heart |
US6650923B1 (en) | 2000-04-13 | 2003-11-18 | Ev3 Sunnyvale, Inc. | Method for accessing the left atrium of the heart by locating the fossa ovalis |
AU2001249877A1 (en) | 2000-04-13 | 2001-10-30 | Uab Research Foundation | Inter-atrial septum electrode for atrial defibrillation |
US7056294B2 (en) | 2000-04-13 | 2006-06-06 | Ev3 Sunnyvale, Inc | Method and apparatus for accessing the left atrial appendage |
JP3844661B2 (en) * | 2000-04-19 | 2006-11-15 | ラディ・メディカル・システムズ・アクチェボラーグ | Intra-arterial embolus |
US6214029B1 (en) | 2000-04-26 | 2001-04-10 | Microvena Corporation | Septal defect occluder |
US6551344B2 (en) | 2000-04-26 | 2003-04-22 | Ev3 Inc. | Septal defect occluder |
US20020107514A1 (en) | 2000-04-27 | 2002-08-08 | Hooven Michael D. | Transmural ablation device with parallel jaws |
US6932811B2 (en) | 2000-04-27 | 2005-08-23 | Atricure, Inc. | Transmural ablation device with integral EKG sensor |
US7083628B2 (en) | 2002-09-03 | 2006-08-01 | Edwards Lifesciences Corporation | Single catheter mitral valve repair device and method for use |
US6352552B1 (en) * | 2000-05-02 | 2002-03-05 | Scion Cardio-Vascular, Inc. | Stent |
US6854467B2 (en) * | 2000-05-04 | 2005-02-15 | Percardia, Inc. | Methods and devices for delivering a ventricular stent |
US6334864B1 (en) | 2000-05-17 | 2002-01-01 | Aga Medical Corp. | Alignment member for delivering a non-symmetric device with a predefined orientation |
US6840246B2 (en) * | 2000-06-20 | 2005-01-11 | University Of Maryland, Baltimore | Apparatuses and methods for performing minimally invasive diagnostic and surgical procedures inside of a beating heart |
US6485504B1 (en) | 2000-06-22 | 2002-11-26 | James A. Magovern | Hard or soft tissue closure |
US6440152B1 (en) | 2000-07-28 | 2002-08-27 | Microvena Corporation | Defect occluder release assembly and method |
EP1318766A2 (en) * | 2000-09-21 | 2003-06-18 | Atritech, Inc. | Apparatus for implanting devices in atrial appendages |
WO2002024114A2 (en) | 2000-09-25 | 2002-03-28 | Cohesion Technologies, Inc. | Resorbable anastomosis stents and plugs |
JP2002101138A (en) | 2000-09-26 | 2002-04-05 | Toshiba Corp | Feedforward type linearizer |
US6736828B1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2004-05-18 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Method for performing endoluminal fundoplication and apparatus for use in the method |
US6666861B1 (en) | 2000-10-05 | 2003-12-23 | James R. Grabek | Atrial appendage remodeling device and method |
US6645225B1 (en) | 2000-11-01 | 2003-11-11 | Alvan W. Atkinson | Method and apparatus for plugging a patent foramen ovale formed in the heart |
US6482228B1 (en) | 2000-11-14 | 2002-11-19 | Troy R. Norred | Percutaneous aortic valve replacement |
US7905900B2 (en) | 2003-01-30 | 2011-03-15 | Integrated Vascular Systems, Inc. | Clip applier and methods of use |
US6659981B2 (en) | 2000-12-08 | 2003-12-09 | Medtronic, Inc. | Medical device delivery catheter with distal locator |
US6941167B2 (en) | 2000-12-15 | 2005-09-06 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | System and method for displaying cardiac events |
US6746404B2 (en) | 2000-12-18 | 2004-06-08 | Biosense, Inc. | Method for anchoring a medical device between tissue |
US6783499B2 (en) | 2000-12-18 | 2004-08-31 | Biosense, Inc. | Anchoring mechanism for implantable telemetric medical sensor |
US20020087151A1 (en) | 2000-12-29 | 2002-07-04 | Afx, Inc. | Tissue ablation apparatus with a sliding ablation instrument and method |
US6837848B2 (en) | 2003-01-15 | 2005-01-04 | Medtronic, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for accessing and stabilizing an area of the heart |
US20020128680A1 (en) | 2001-01-25 | 2002-09-12 | Pavlovic Jennifer L. | Distal protection device with electrospun polymer fiber matrix |
US6976990B2 (en) | 2001-01-25 | 2005-12-20 | Percardia, Inc. | Intravascular ventriculocoronary bypass via a septal passageway |
US6952613B2 (en) | 2001-01-31 | 2005-10-04 | Medtronic, Inc. | Implantable gastrointestinal lead with active fixation |
US6550480B2 (en) | 2001-01-31 | 2003-04-22 | Numed/Tech Llc | Lumen occluders made from thermodynamic materials |
US20020107531A1 (en) | 2001-02-06 | 2002-08-08 | Schreck Stefan G. | Method and system for tissue repair using dual catheters |
US6692471B2 (en) * | 2001-02-16 | 2004-02-17 | Medex, Inc. | Method and apparatus for safety catheter insertion device |
US6506205B2 (en) * | 2001-02-20 | 2003-01-14 | Mark Goldberg | Blood clot filtering system |
US6623518B2 (en) | 2001-02-26 | 2003-09-23 | Ev3 Peripheral, Inc. | Implant delivery system with interlock |
US6620111B2 (en) | 2001-04-20 | 2003-09-16 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical biopsy device having automatic rotation of the probe for taking multiple samples |
US20020173803A1 (en) | 2001-05-01 | 2002-11-21 | Stephen Ainsworth | Self-closing surgical clip for tissue |
US6558400B2 (en) * | 2001-05-30 | 2003-05-06 | Satiety, Inc. | Obesity treatment tools and methods |
US6537300B2 (en) * | 2001-05-30 | 2003-03-25 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Implantable obstruction device for septal defects |
US7338514B2 (en) | 2001-06-01 | 2008-03-04 | St. Jude Medical, Cardiology Division, Inc. | Closure devices, related delivery methods and tools, and related methods of use |
EP1392394A4 (en) | 2001-06-04 | 2005-05-18 | Albert Einstein Healthcare Network | Cardiac stimulating apparatus having a blood clot filter and atrial pacer |
US6626890B2 (en) | 2001-06-06 | 2003-09-30 | Tony R. Brown | Fat removal device and method |
US7056331B2 (en) | 2001-06-29 | 2006-06-06 | Quill Medical, Inc. | Suture method |
US7288105B2 (en) * | 2001-08-01 | 2007-10-30 | Ev3 Endovascular, Inc. | Tissue opening occluder |
JP3651785B2 (en) * | 2001-08-03 | 2005-05-25 | 株式会社デンソー | Commutator |
US6882883B2 (en) | 2001-08-31 | 2005-04-19 | Medtronic, Inc. | Implantable medical device (IMD) system configurable to subject a patient to a stress test and to detect myocardial ischemia within the patient |
US20070129755A1 (en) | 2005-12-05 | 2007-06-07 | Ovalis, Inc. | Clip-based systems and methods for treating septal defects |
US20080015633A1 (en) * | 2001-09-06 | 2008-01-17 | Ryan Abbott | Systems and Methods for Treating Septal Defects |
US6702835B2 (en) * | 2001-09-07 | 2004-03-09 | Core Medical, Inc. | Needle apparatus for closing septal defects and methods for using such apparatus |
US20060052821A1 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2006-03-09 | Ovalis, Inc. | Systems and methods for treating septal defects |
US6776784B2 (en) * | 2001-09-06 | 2004-08-17 | Core Medical, Inc. | Clip apparatus for closing septal defects and methods of use |
US20050267495A1 (en) | 2004-05-17 | 2005-12-01 | Gateway Medical, Inc. | Systems and methods for closing internal tissue defects |
US6596013B2 (en) * | 2001-09-20 | 2003-07-22 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Method and apparatus for treating septal defects |
US6695838B2 (en) * | 2001-09-28 | 2004-02-24 | Ethicon, Inc. | System and method for performing cardiac tissue ablation |
US6746456B2 (en) | 2001-09-28 | 2004-06-08 | Ethicon, Inc. | Needle array suturing/sewing anastomosis device and method for anastomosis |
JP3921681B2 (en) * | 2001-10-01 | 2007-05-30 | ニプロ株式会社 | Intracardiac suture device |
US6934583B2 (en) | 2001-10-22 | 2005-08-23 | Pacesetter, Inc. | Implantable lead and method for stimulating the vagus nerve |
EP1467661A4 (en) | 2001-12-19 | 2008-11-05 | Nmt Medical Inc | Septal occluder and associated methods |
US7318833B2 (en) | 2001-12-19 | 2008-01-15 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | PFO closure device with flexible thrombogenic joint and improved dislodgement resistance |
AU2003210510A1 (en) | 2002-01-14 | 2003-07-30 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Patent foramen ovale (pfo) closure method and device |
US20030139819A1 (en) | 2002-01-18 | 2003-07-24 | Beer Nicholas De | Method and apparatus for closing septal defects |
JP4328209B2 (en) | 2002-01-25 | 2009-09-09 | アトリテック, インコーポレイテッド | Atrial appendage blood filtration system |
US6685728B2 (en) | 2002-01-25 | 2004-02-03 | Stryker Endoscopy | Threaded suture anchor and method of use |
US7048754B2 (en) | 2002-03-01 | 2006-05-23 | Evalve, Inc. | Suture fasteners and methods of use |
JP2005521447A (en) | 2002-03-25 | 2005-07-21 | エヌエムティー メディカル インコーポレイテッド | Closure clip of patent foramen ovale (PFO) |
US7094244B2 (en) | 2002-03-26 | 2006-08-22 | Edwards Lifesciences Corporation | Sequential heart valve leaflet repair device and method of use |
US7976564B2 (en) | 2002-05-06 | 2011-07-12 | St. Jude Medical, Cardiology Division, Inc. | PFO closure devices and related methods of use |
US20040106896A1 (en) | 2002-11-29 | 2004-06-03 | The Regents Of The University Of California | System and method for forming a non-ablative cardiac conduction block |
EP1509144A4 (en) | 2002-06-03 | 2008-09-03 | Nmt Medical Inc | Device with biological tissue scaffold for intracardiac defect closure |
WO2003103476A2 (en) | 2002-06-05 | 2003-12-18 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Patent foramen ovale (pfo) closure device with radial and circumferential support |
US7101395B2 (en) | 2002-06-12 | 2006-09-05 | Mitral Interventions, Inc. | Method and apparatus for tissue connection |
US20060122633A1 (en) | 2002-06-13 | 2006-06-08 | John To | Methods and devices for termination |
JP4373146B2 (en) | 2002-07-11 | 2009-11-25 | オリンパス株式会社 | Endoscopic suturing device |
CA2498880A1 (en) | 2002-09-23 | 2004-04-01 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Loader for prosthetic occluders and methods thereof |
EP1542593B9 (en) * | 2002-09-23 | 2008-08-20 | NMT Medical, Inc. | Septal puncture device |
WO2004043266A2 (en) | 2002-11-07 | 2004-05-27 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Patent foramen ovale (pfo) closure with magnetic force |
US7112219B2 (en) | 2002-11-12 | 2006-09-26 | Myocor, Inc. | Devices and methods for heart valve treatment |
CA2503666A1 (en) | 2002-12-09 | 2004-06-24 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Septal closure devices |
US7048733B2 (en) | 2003-09-19 | 2006-05-23 | Baylis Medical Company Inc. | Surgical perforation device with curve |
US7087072B2 (en) | 2003-01-22 | 2006-08-08 | Cardia, Inc. | Articulated center post |
US7115135B2 (en) | 2003-01-22 | 2006-10-03 | Cardia, Inc. | Occlusion device having five or more arms |
US6960220B2 (en) | 2003-01-22 | 2005-11-01 | Cardia, Inc. | Hoop design for occlusion device |
US7780700B2 (en) | 2003-02-04 | 2010-08-24 | ev3 Endovascular, Inc | Patent foramen ovale closure system |
US8021359B2 (en) | 2003-02-13 | 2011-09-20 | Coaptus Medical Corporation | Transseptal closure of a patent foramen ovale and other cardiac defects |
US7105000B2 (en) | 2003-03-25 | 2006-09-12 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical jaw assembly with increased mechanical advantage |
US7972330B2 (en) | 2003-03-27 | 2011-07-05 | Terumo Kabushiki Kaisha | Methods and apparatus for closing a layered tissue defect |
US20040267191A1 (en) | 2003-03-27 | 2004-12-30 | Cierra, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for treatment of patent foramen ovale |
US6939348B2 (en) * | 2003-03-27 | 2005-09-06 | Cierra, Inc. | Energy based devices and methods for treatment of patent foramen ovale |
US7165552B2 (en) * | 2003-03-27 | 2007-01-23 | Cierra, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for treatment of patent foramen ovale |
US7186251B2 (en) * | 2003-03-27 | 2007-03-06 | Cierra, Inc. | Energy based devices and methods for treatment of patent foramen ovale |
US20040267306A1 (en) | 2003-04-11 | 2004-12-30 | Velocimed, L.L.C. | Closure devices, related delivery methods, and related methods of use |
US8372112B2 (en) * | 2003-04-11 | 2013-02-12 | St. Jude Medical, Cardiology Division, Inc. | Closure devices, related delivery methods, and related methods of use |
US6994094B2 (en) * | 2003-04-29 | 2006-02-07 | Biosense, Inc. | Method and device for transseptal facilitation based on injury patterns |
EP1651116B1 (en) * | 2003-07-14 | 2013-06-26 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Tubular patent foramen ovale (pfo) closure device with catch system |
US20050055050A1 (en) | 2003-07-24 | 2005-03-10 | Alfaro Arthur A. | Intravascular occlusion device |
US7462188B2 (en) | 2003-09-26 | 2008-12-09 | Abbott Laboratories | Device and method for suturing intracardiac defects |
US20050192627A1 (en) | 2003-10-10 | 2005-09-01 | Whisenant Brian K. | Patent foramen ovale closure devices, delivery apparatus and related methods and systems |
JP2007527272A (en) | 2003-10-10 | 2007-09-27 | コヒーレックス メディカル インコーポレイテッド | Patent foramen ovale (PFO) closure device, delivery device, and related methods and systems |
ATE374575T1 (en) | 2003-10-24 | 2007-10-15 | Ev3 Endovascular Inc | CLOSURE SYSTEM FOR AN OPEN FORAMEN OVALE |
US20050187620A1 (en) | 2003-11-14 | 2005-08-25 | Suresh Pai | Systems for heart treatment |
US20050273119A1 (en) | 2003-12-09 | 2005-12-08 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Double spiral patent foramen ovale closure clamp |
EP1699366A4 (en) * | 2003-12-12 | 2011-01-26 | Usgi Medical Inc | Apparatus and methods for forming and securing gastrointestinal tissue folds |
US7449024B2 (en) | 2003-12-23 | 2008-11-11 | Abbott Laboratories | Suturing device with split arm and method of suturing tissue |
US20050192626A1 (en) | 2004-01-30 | 2005-09-01 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Devices, systems, and methods for closure of cardiac openings |
EP1713401A2 (en) | 2004-01-30 | 2006-10-25 | NMT Medical, Inc. | Devices, systems, and methods for closure of cardiac openings |
US20050187568A1 (en) | 2004-02-20 | 2005-08-25 | Klenk Alan R. | Devices and methods for closing a patent foramen ovale with a coil-shaped closure device |
WO2005092203A1 (en) | 2004-03-03 | 2005-10-06 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Delivery/recovery system for septal occluder |
US20050228434A1 (en) | 2004-03-19 | 2005-10-13 | Aga Medical Corporation | Multi-layer braided structures for occluding vascular defects |
US20050234509A1 (en) | 2004-03-30 | 2005-10-20 | Mmt Medical, Inc. | Center joints for PFO occluders |
US20050267524A1 (en) | 2004-04-09 | 2005-12-01 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Split ends closure device |
US8361110B2 (en) | 2004-04-26 | 2013-01-29 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Heart-shaped PFO closure device |
US7842053B2 (en) | 2004-05-06 | 2010-11-30 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Double coil occluder |
US8308760B2 (en) | 2004-05-06 | 2012-11-13 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Delivery systems and methods for PFO closure device with two anchors |
US7736374B2 (en) * | 2004-05-07 | 2010-06-15 | Usgi Medical, Inc. | Tissue manipulation and securement system |
WO2005110240A1 (en) | 2004-05-07 | 2005-11-24 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Catching mechanisms for tubular septal occluder |
US7704268B2 (en) | 2004-05-07 | 2010-04-27 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Closure device with hinges |
US20050250988A1 (en) | 2004-05-07 | 2005-11-10 | Usgi Medical Inc. | Removable apparatus for manipulating and securing tissue within a treatment space |
US7842069B2 (en) | 2004-05-07 | 2010-11-30 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Inflatable occluder |
US20050256532A1 (en) | 2004-05-12 | 2005-11-17 | Asha Nayak | Cardiovascular defect patch device and method |
US20050267529A1 (en) | 2004-05-13 | 2005-12-01 | Heber Crockett | Devices, systems and methods for tissue repair |
US7285087B2 (en) * | 2004-07-15 | 2007-10-23 | Micardia Corporation | Shape memory devices and methods for reshaping heart anatomy |
US8172857B2 (en) * | 2004-08-27 | 2012-05-08 | Davol, Inc. | Endoscopic tissue apposition device and method of use |
EP1827247B8 (en) | 2004-09-24 | 2020-05-06 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Occluder device double securement system for delivery/recovery of such occluder device |
JP4418785B2 (en) | 2004-09-29 | 2010-02-24 | テルモ株式会社 | Patent application for patent foramen ovale and instrument for patent foramen ovale |
US7473252B2 (en) * | 2004-10-07 | 2009-01-06 | Coaptus Medical Corporation | Systems and methods for shrinking and/or securing cardiovascular tissue |
US7722629B2 (en) | 2004-10-29 | 2010-05-25 | Jeffrey W. Chambers, M.D. | System and method for catheter-based septal defect repair |
US8920434B2 (en) | 2005-03-02 | 2014-12-30 | St. Jude Medical, Cardiology Division, Inc. | Remote body tissue engaging methods and apparatus |
US7344544B2 (en) * | 2005-03-28 | 2008-03-18 | Cardica, Inc. | Vascular closure system |
US20060271089A1 (en) | 2005-04-11 | 2006-11-30 | Cierra, Inc. | Methods and apparatus to achieve a closure of a layered tissue defect |
US7691086B2 (en) * | 2005-06-14 | 2010-04-06 | Tengiz Tkebuchava | Catheter for introduction of medications to the tissues of a heart or other organ |
US8062309B2 (en) | 2005-08-19 | 2011-11-22 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Defect occlusion apparatus, system, and method |
WO2007028092A1 (en) | 2005-09-01 | 2007-03-08 | Cordis Corporation | Patent foramen ovale closure method |
US7846179B2 (en) | 2005-09-01 | 2010-12-07 | Ovalis, Inc. | Suture-based systems and methods for treating septal defects |
US8075576B2 (en) | 2006-08-24 | 2011-12-13 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Closure device, system, and method |
BRPI0812890A2 (en) | 2007-06-08 | 2017-05-23 | St Jude Medical | apparatus for providing instrumentation to a patient's circulatory system; and apparatus for closing an opening through a wall of a patient's circulatory system. |
-
2005
- 2005-07-05 US US11/175,814 patent/US20060052821A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2006
- 2006-06-07 US US11/422,871 patent/US7686828B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2006-06-07 US US11/422,864 patent/US7678132B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2006-06-07 US US11/422,865 patent/US20060212047A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2006-07-05 JP JP2008519733A patent/JP4989807B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2006-07-05 CA CA002614278A patent/CA2614278A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2006-07-05 AU AU2006264310A patent/AU2006264310A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2006-07-05 WO PCT/US2006/026263 patent/WO2007005996A2/en active Application Filing
- 2006-07-05 EP EP06786420A patent/EP1903950A2/en not_active Withdrawn
-
2008
- 2008-10-29 US US12/260,932 patent/US20090088796A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2010
- 2010-03-16 US US12/725,282 patent/US20100234879A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2010-03-17 US US12/725,595 patent/US20100234880A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2011
- 2011-05-19 US US13/111,885 patent/US20110218567A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2011-09-30 US US13/250,671 patent/US8758401B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2011-10-26 US US13/282,392 patent/US20120041480A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20050059984A1 (en) * | 2003-09-11 | 2005-03-17 | Andrzej Chanduszko | Devices, systems, and methods for suturing tissue |
Cited By (19)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20080133010A1 (en) * | 2003-09-22 | 2008-06-05 | Bartee Chaddick M | Hydrophilic high density ptfe medical barrier |
US8556989B2 (en) * | 2003-09-22 | 2013-10-15 | Chad M. Bartee | Hydrophilic high density PTFE medical barrier |
US8372113B2 (en) * | 2005-03-24 | 2013-02-12 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Curved arm intracardiac occluder |
US20060217761A1 (en) * | 2005-03-24 | 2006-09-28 | Opolski Steven W | Curved arm intracardiac occluder |
US9615962B2 (en) | 2006-05-23 | 2017-04-11 | Jean-Pierre Robitaille | Nasal cannula |
US10076339B2 (en) | 2011-01-11 | 2018-09-18 | Amsel Medical Corporation | Method and apparatus for clamping tissue layers and occluding tubular body lumens |
US10918391B2 (en) | 2011-01-11 | 2021-02-16 | Amsel Medical Corporation | Method and apparatus for clamping tissue and occluding tubular body lumens |
US10820895B2 (en) | 2011-01-11 | 2020-11-03 | Amsel Medical Corporation | Methods and apparatus for fastening and clamping tissue |
US9936955B2 (en) | 2011-01-11 | 2018-04-10 | Amsel Medical Corporation | Apparatus and methods for fastening tissue layers together with multiple tissue fasteners |
US10398445B2 (en) | 2011-01-11 | 2019-09-03 | Amsel Medical Corporation | Method and apparatus for clamping tissue layers and occluding tubular body structures |
US10716700B2 (en) | 2011-09-29 | 2020-07-21 | Trudell Medical International | Nasal insert and cannula and methods for the use thereof |
US9730830B2 (en) | 2011-09-29 | 2017-08-15 | Trudell Medical International | Nasal insert and cannula and methods for the use thereof |
US9670308B2 (en) * | 2012-05-24 | 2017-06-06 | Lawrence Livermore National Security, Llc | Device and method for treatment of openings in vascular and septal walls |
US20130317541A1 (en) * | 2012-05-24 | 2013-11-28 | Lawrence Livermore National Security, Llc | Device and method for treatment of openings in vascular and septal walls |
US12059335B2 (en) | 2014-06-24 | 2024-08-13 | Osteogenics Biomedical, Inc. | Device for guided bone and tissue regeneration |
EP3297541A4 (en) * | 2015-05-20 | 2018-06-13 | Edwards Lifesciences Corporation | Atrial septal closure for re-access |
CN107920812A (en) * | 2015-05-20 | 2018-04-17 | 爱德华兹生命科学公司 | For reentrant atrial septum closing device |
WO2016187575A1 (en) * | 2015-05-20 | 2016-11-24 | Edwards Lifesciences Corporation | Atrial septal closure for re-access |
US20160338706A1 (en) * | 2015-05-20 | 2016-11-24 | Edwards Lifesciences Corporation | Atrial septal closure device for re-access |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
AU2006264310A1 (en) | 2007-01-11 |
US7678132B2 (en) | 2010-03-16 |
WO2007005996A2 (en) | 2007-01-11 |
US20060217763A1 (en) | 2006-09-28 |
JP2009508536A (en) | 2009-03-05 |
US20090088796A1 (en) | 2009-04-02 |
US20120041480A1 (en) | 2012-02-16 |
EP1903950A2 (en) | 2008-04-02 |
US20060217764A1 (en) | 2006-09-28 |
CA2614278A1 (en) | 2007-01-11 |
JP4989807B2 (en) | 2012-08-01 |
US20100234879A1 (en) | 2010-09-16 |
US20120022587A1 (en) | 2012-01-26 |
US20060052821A1 (en) | 2006-03-09 |
US20110218567A1 (en) | 2011-09-08 |
US7686828B2 (en) | 2010-03-30 |
US20060212047A1 (en) | 2006-09-21 |
WO2007005996A3 (en) | 2009-04-30 |
US8758401B2 (en) | 2014-06-24 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US7678132B2 (en) | Systems and methods for treating septal defects | |
US20070112358A1 (en) | Systems and Methods for Treating Septal Defects | |
US20120150220A1 (en) | Systems and Methods for Treating Septal Defects | |
US20080015633A1 (en) | Systems and Methods for Treating Septal Defects | |
US8579936B2 (en) | Centering of delivery devices with respect to a septal defect | |
EP2135560B1 (en) | Medical device for deploying a mechanical closure devcie | |
EP2043527B1 (en) | Single disc intraluminal patent foramen ovale closure device | |
US20070073315A1 (en) | Systems And Methods For Closing Internal Tissue Defects | |
US20070073337A1 (en) | Clip-Based Systems And Methods For Treating Septal Defects | |
US20120245599A1 (en) | Systems and Methods for Treating Septal Defects with Capture Devices and Other Devices | |
US20070049970A1 (en) | Suture-based systems and methods for treating septal defects | |
JP2011520570A (en) | Wire-like and other devices for the treatment of septal defects and systems and methods for delivering the same |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: OVALIS, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:ABBOTT, RYAN;BELEF, W. MARTIN;CARSON, DEAN;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20100518 TO 20100528;REEL/FRAME:024466/0610 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |